##// END OF EJS Templates
url: allow to configure timeout on http connection...
Cédric Krier -
r40079:6509fcec default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,1407 +1,1412 b''
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9
9
10 import functools
10 import functools
11 import re
11 import re
12
12
13 from . import (
13 from . import (
14 encoding,
14 encoding,
15 error,
15 error,
16 )
16 )
17
17
18 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
18 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
19 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
20 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
21 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
22 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 newkeys = set(items)
23 newkeys = set(items)
24 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
24 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 msg = "extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
25 msg = "extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 msg %= (extname, section, key)
26 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 ui.develwarn(msg, config='warn-config')
27 ui.develwarn(msg, config='warn-config')
28
28
29 knownitems.update(items)
29 knownitems.update(items)
30
30
31 class configitem(object):
31 class configitem(object):
32 """represent a known config item
32 """represent a known config item
33
33
34 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
34 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
35 :name: the official name within the section,
35 :name: the official name within the section,
36 :default: default value for this item,
36 :default: default value for this item,
37 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
37 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
38 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
38 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
39 """
39 """
40
40
41 def __init__(self, section, name, default=None, alias=(),
41 def __init__(self, section, name, default=None, alias=(),
42 generic=False, priority=0):
42 generic=False, priority=0):
43 self.section = section
43 self.section = section
44 self.name = name
44 self.name = name
45 self.default = default
45 self.default = default
46 self.alias = list(alias)
46 self.alias = list(alias)
47 self.generic = generic
47 self.generic = generic
48 self.priority = priority
48 self.priority = priority
49 self._re = None
49 self._re = None
50 if generic:
50 if generic:
51 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
51 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
52
52
53 class itemregister(dict):
53 class itemregister(dict):
54 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
54 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
55
55
56 def __init__(self):
56 def __init__(self):
57 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
57 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
58 self._generics = set()
58 self._generics = set()
59
59
60 def update(self, other):
60 def update(self, other):
61 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
61 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
62 self._generics.update(other._generics)
62 self._generics.update(other._generics)
63
63
64 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
64 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
65 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
65 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
66 if item.generic:
66 if item.generic:
67 self._generics.add(item)
67 self._generics.add(item)
68
68
69 def get(self, key):
69 def get(self, key):
70 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
70 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
71 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
71 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
72 return baseitem
72 return baseitem
73
73
74 # search for a matching generic item
74 # search for a matching generic item
75 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
75 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
76 for item in generics:
76 for item in generics:
77 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
77 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
78 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
78 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
79 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
79 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
80 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
80 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
81 #
81 #
82 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
82 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
83 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
83 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
84 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
84 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
85 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
85 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
86 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
86 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
87 # The "^" seems more error prone.
87 # The "^" seems more error prone.
88 if item._re.match(key):
88 if item._re.match(key):
89 return item
89 return item
90
90
91 return None
91 return None
92
92
93 coreitems = {}
93 coreitems = {}
94
94
95 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
95 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
96 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
96 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
97 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
97 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
98 if item.name in section:
98 if item.name in section:
99 msg = "duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
99 msg = "duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
100 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
100 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
101 section[item.name] = item
101 section[item.name] = item
102
102
103 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
103 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
104 dynamicdefault = object()
104 dynamicdefault = object()
105
105
106 # Registering actual config items
106 # Registering actual config items
107
107
108 def getitemregister(configtable):
108 def getitemregister(configtable):
109 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
109 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
110 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
110 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
111 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
111 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
112 return f
112 return f
113
113
114 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
114 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
115
115
116 coreconfigitem('alias', '.*',
116 coreconfigitem('alias', '.*',
117 default=dynamicdefault,
117 default=dynamicdefault,
118 generic=True,
118 generic=True,
119 )
119 )
120 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nodates',
120 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nodates',
121 default=False,
121 default=False,
122 )
122 )
123 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'showfunc',
123 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'showfunc',
124 default=False,
124 default=False,
125 )
125 )
126 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'unified',
126 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'unified',
127 default=None,
127 default=None,
128 )
128 )
129 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'git',
129 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'git',
130 default=False,
130 default=False,
131 )
131 )
132 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorews',
132 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorews',
133 default=False,
133 default=False,
134 )
134 )
135 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewsamount',
135 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewsamount',
136 default=False,
136 default=False,
137 )
137 )
138 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignoreblanklines',
138 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignoreblanklines',
139 default=False,
139 default=False,
140 )
140 )
141 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewseol',
141 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewseol',
142 default=False,
142 default=False,
143 )
143 )
144 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nobinary',
144 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nobinary',
145 default=False,
145 default=False,
146 )
146 )
147 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'noprefix',
147 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'noprefix',
148 default=False,
148 default=False,
149 )
149 )
150 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'word-diff',
150 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'word-diff',
151 default=False,
151 default=False,
152 )
152 )
153 coreconfigitem('auth', 'cookiefile',
153 coreconfigitem('auth', 'cookiefile',
154 default=None,
154 default=None,
155 )
155 )
156 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
156 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
157 coreconfigitem('bookmarks', 'pushing',
157 coreconfigitem('bookmarks', 'pushing',
158 default=list,
158 default=list,
159 )
159 )
160 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
160 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
161 coreconfigitem('bundle', 'mainreporoot',
161 coreconfigitem('bundle', 'mainreporoot',
162 default='',
162 default='',
163 )
163 )
164 coreconfigitem('censor', 'policy',
164 coreconfigitem('censor', 'policy',
165 default='abort',
165 default='abort',
166 )
166 )
167 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'idletimeout',
167 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'idletimeout',
168 default=3600,
168 default=3600,
169 )
169 )
170 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'skiphash',
170 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'skiphash',
171 default=False,
171 default=False,
172 )
172 )
173 coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'log',
173 coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'log',
174 default=None,
174 default=None,
175 )
175 )
176 coreconfigitem('color', '.*',
176 coreconfigitem('color', '.*',
177 default=None,
177 default=None,
178 generic=True,
178 generic=True,
179 )
179 )
180 coreconfigitem('color', 'mode',
180 coreconfigitem('color', 'mode',
181 default='auto',
181 default='auto',
182 )
182 )
183 coreconfigitem('color', 'pagermode',
183 coreconfigitem('color', 'pagermode',
184 default=dynamicdefault,
184 default=dynamicdefault,
185 )
185 )
186 coreconfigitem('commands', 'grep.all-files',
186 coreconfigitem('commands', 'grep.all-files',
187 default=False,
187 default=False,
188 )
188 )
189 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.confirm',
189 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.confirm',
190 default=False,
190 default=False,
191 )
191 )
192 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
192 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
193 default=False,
193 default=False,
194 )
194 )
195 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.mark-check',
195 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.mark-check',
196 default='none',
196 default='none',
197 )
197 )
198 coreconfigitem('commands', 'show.aliasprefix',
198 coreconfigitem('commands', 'show.aliasprefix',
199 default=list,
199 default=list,
200 )
200 )
201 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.relative',
201 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.relative',
202 default=False,
202 default=False,
203 )
203 )
204 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.skipstates',
204 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.skipstates',
205 default=[],
205 default=[],
206 )
206 )
207 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.terse',
207 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.terse',
208 default='',
208 default='',
209 )
209 )
210 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.verbose',
210 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.verbose',
211 default=False,
211 default=False,
212 )
212 )
213 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.check',
213 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.check',
214 default=None,
214 default=None,
215 )
215 )
216 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.requiredest',
216 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.requiredest',
217 default=False,
217 default=False,
218 )
218 )
219 coreconfigitem('committemplate', '.*',
219 coreconfigitem('committemplate', '.*',
220 default=None,
220 default=None,
221 generic=True,
221 generic=True,
222 )
222 )
223 coreconfigitem('convert', 'bzr.saverev',
223 coreconfigitem('convert', 'bzr.saverev',
224 default=True,
224 default=True,
225 )
225 )
226 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.cache',
226 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.cache',
227 default=True,
227 default=True,
228 )
228 )
229 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.fuzz',
229 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.fuzz',
230 default=60,
230 default=60,
231 )
231 )
232 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.logencoding',
232 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.logencoding',
233 default=None,
233 default=None,
234 )
234 )
235 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergefrom',
235 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergefrom',
236 default=None,
236 default=None,
237 )
237 )
238 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergeto',
238 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergeto',
239 default=None,
239 default=None,
240 )
240 )
241 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.committeractions',
241 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.committeractions',
242 default=lambda: ['messagedifferent'],
242 default=lambda: ['messagedifferent'],
243 )
243 )
244 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.extrakeys',
244 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.extrakeys',
245 default=list,
245 default=list,
246 )
246 )
247 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.findcopiesharder',
247 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.findcopiesharder',
248 default=False,
248 default=False,
249 )
249 )
250 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.remoteprefix',
250 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.remoteprefix',
251 default='remote',
251 default='remote',
252 )
252 )
253 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.renamelimit',
253 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.renamelimit',
254 default=400,
254 default=400,
255 )
255 )
256 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.saverev',
256 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.saverev',
257 default=True,
257 default=True,
258 )
258 )
259 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.similarity',
259 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.similarity',
260 default=50,
260 default=50,
261 )
261 )
262 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.skipsubmodules',
262 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.skipsubmodules',
263 default=False,
263 default=False,
264 )
264 )
265 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.clonebranches',
265 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.clonebranches',
266 default=False,
266 default=False,
267 )
267 )
268 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.ignoreerrors',
268 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.ignoreerrors',
269 default=False,
269 default=False,
270 )
270 )
271 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.revs',
271 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.revs',
272 default=None,
272 default=None,
273 )
273 )
274 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.saverev',
274 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.saverev',
275 default=False,
275 default=False,
276 )
276 )
277 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.sourcename',
277 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.sourcename',
278 default=None,
278 default=None,
279 )
279 )
280 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.startrev',
280 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.startrev',
281 default=None,
281 default=None,
282 )
282 )
283 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.tagsbranch',
283 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.tagsbranch',
284 default='default',
284 default='default',
285 )
285 )
286 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.usebranchnames',
286 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.usebranchnames',
287 default=True,
287 default=True,
288 )
288 )
289 coreconfigitem('convert', 'ignoreancestorcheck',
289 coreconfigitem('convert', 'ignoreancestorcheck',
290 default=False,
290 default=False,
291 )
291 )
292 coreconfigitem('convert', 'localtimezone',
292 coreconfigitem('convert', 'localtimezone',
293 default=False,
293 default=False,
294 )
294 )
295 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.encoding',
295 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.encoding',
296 default=dynamicdefault,
296 default=dynamicdefault,
297 )
297 )
298 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.startrev',
298 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.startrev',
299 default=0,
299 default=0,
300 )
300 )
301 coreconfigitem('convert', 'skiptags',
301 coreconfigitem('convert', 'skiptags',
302 default=False,
302 default=False,
303 )
303 )
304 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.debugsvnlog',
304 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.debugsvnlog',
305 default=True,
305 default=True,
306 )
306 )
307 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.trunk',
307 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.trunk',
308 default=None,
308 default=None,
309 )
309 )
310 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.tags',
310 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.tags',
311 default=None,
311 default=None,
312 )
312 )
313 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.branches',
313 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.branches',
314 default=None,
314 default=None,
315 )
315 )
316 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.startrev',
316 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.startrev',
317 default=0,
317 default=0,
318 )
318 )
319 coreconfigitem('debug', 'dirstate.delaywrite',
319 coreconfigitem('debug', 'dirstate.delaywrite',
320 default=0,
320 default=0,
321 )
321 )
322 coreconfigitem('defaults', '.*',
322 coreconfigitem('defaults', '.*',
323 default=None,
323 default=None,
324 generic=True,
324 generic=True,
325 )
325 )
326 coreconfigitem('devel', 'all-warnings',
326 coreconfigitem('devel', 'all-warnings',
327 default=False,
327 default=False,
328 )
328 )
329 coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle2.debug',
329 coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle2.debug',
330 default=False,
330 default=False,
331 )
331 )
332 coreconfigitem('devel', 'cache-vfs',
332 coreconfigitem('devel', 'cache-vfs',
333 default=None,
333 default=None,
334 )
334 )
335 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-locks',
335 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-locks',
336 default=False,
336 default=False,
337 )
337 )
338 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-relroot',
338 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-relroot',
339 default=False,
339 default=False,
340 )
340 )
341 coreconfigitem('devel', 'default-date',
341 coreconfigitem('devel', 'default-date',
342 default=None,
342 default=None,
343 )
343 )
344 coreconfigitem('devel', 'deprec-warn',
344 coreconfigitem('devel', 'deprec-warn',
345 default=False,
345 default=False,
346 )
346 )
347 coreconfigitem('devel', 'disableloaddefaultcerts',
347 coreconfigitem('devel', 'disableloaddefaultcerts',
348 default=False,
348 default=False,
349 )
349 )
350 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-empty-changegroup',
350 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-empty-changegroup',
351 default=False,
351 default=False,
352 )
352 )
353 coreconfigitem('devel', 'legacy.exchange',
353 coreconfigitem('devel', 'legacy.exchange',
354 default=list,
354 default=list,
355 )
355 )
356 coreconfigitem('devel', 'servercafile',
356 coreconfigitem('devel', 'servercafile',
357 default='',
357 default='',
358 )
358 )
359 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverexactprotocol',
359 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverexactprotocol',
360 default='',
360 default='',
361 )
361 )
362 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverrequirecert',
362 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverrequirecert',
363 default=False,
363 default=False,
364 )
364 )
365 coreconfigitem('devel', 'strip-obsmarkers',
365 coreconfigitem('devel', 'strip-obsmarkers',
366 default=True,
366 default=True,
367 )
367 )
368 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config',
368 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config',
369 default=None,
369 default=None,
370 )
370 )
371 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-default',
371 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-default',
372 default=None,
372 default=None,
373 )
373 )
374 coreconfigitem('devel', 'user.obsmarker',
374 coreconfigitem('devel', 'user.obsmarker',
375 default=None,
375 default=None,
376 )
376 )
377 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-unknown',
377 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-unknown',
378 default=None,
378 default=None,
379 )
379 )
380 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.extensions',
380 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.extensions',
381 default=False,
381 default=False,
382 )
382 )
383 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.peer-request',
383 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.peer-request',
384 default=False,
384 default=False,
385 )
385 )
386 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nodates',
386 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nodates',
387 default=False,
387 default=False,
388 )
388 )
389 coreconfigitem('diff', 'showfunc',
389 coreconfigitem('diff', 'showfunc',
390 default=False,
390 default=False,
391 )
391 )
392 coreconfigitem('diff', 'unified',
392 coreconfigitem('diff', 'unified',
393 default=None,
393 default=None,
394 )
394 )
395 coreconfigitem('diff', 'git',
395 coreconfigitem('diff', 'git',
396 default=False,
396 default=False,
397 )
397 )
398 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorews',
398 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorews',
399 default=False,
399 default=False,
400 )
400 )
401 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewsamount',
401 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewsamount',
402 default=False,
402 default=False,
403 )
403 )
404 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignoreblanklines',
404 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignoreblanklines',
405 default=False,
405 default=False,
406 )
406 )
407 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewseol',
407 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewseol',
408 default=False,
408 default=False,
409 )
409 )
410 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nobinary',
410 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nobinary',
411 default=False,
411 default=False,
412 )
412 )
413 coreconfigitem('diff', 'noprefix',
413 coreconfigitem('diff', 'noprefix',
414 default=False,
414 default=False,
415 )
415 )
416 coreconfigitem('diff', 'word-diff',
416 coreconfigitem('diff', 'word-diff',
417 default=False,
417 default=False,
418 )
418 )
419 coreconfigitem('email', 'bcc',
419 coreconfigitem('email', 'bcc',
420 default=None,
420 default=None,
421 )
421 )
422 coreconfigitem('email', 'cc',
422 coreconfigitem('email', 'cc',
423 default=None,
423 default=None,
424 )
424 )
425 coreconfigitem('email', 'charsets',
425 coreconfigitem('email', 'charsets',
426 default=list,
426 default=list,
427 )
427 )
428 coreconfigitem('email', 'from',
428 coreconfigitem('email', 'from',
429 default=None,
429 default=None,
430 )
430 )
431 coreconfigitem('email', 'method',
431 coreconfigitem('email', 'method',
432 default='smtp',
432 default='smtp',
433 )
433 )
434 coreconfigitem('email', 'reply-to',
434 coreconfigitem('email', 'reply-to',
435 default=None,
435 default=None,
436 )
436 )
437 coreconfigitem('email', 'to',
437 coreconfigitem('email', 'to',
438 default=None,
438 default=None,
439 )
439 )
440 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'archivemetatemplate',
440 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'archivemetatemplate',
441 default=dynamicdefault,
441 default=dynamicdefault,
442 )
442 )
443 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle-phases',
443 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle-phases',
444 default=False,
444 default=False,
445 )
445 )
446 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-advertise',
446 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-advertise',
447 default=True,
447 default=True,
448 )
448 )
449 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture',
449 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture',
450 default=False,
450 default=False,
451 )
451 )
452 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback',
452 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback',
453 default=False,
453 default=False,
454 )
454 )
455 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking',
455 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking',
456 default=False,
456 default=False,
457 )
457 )
458 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel',
458 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel',
459 default=None,
459 default=None,
460 )
460 )
461 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
461 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
462 default=None,
462 default=None,
463 )
463 )
464 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
464 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
465 default=None,
465 default=None,
466 )
466 )
467 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.none',
467 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.none',
468 default=None,
468 default=None,
469 )
469 )
470 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
470 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
471 default=None,
471 default=None,
472 )
472 )
473 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'changegroup3',
473 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'changegroup3',
474 default=False,
474 default=False,
475 )
475 )
476 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'clientcompressionengines',
476 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'clientcompressionengines',
477 default=list,
477 default=list,
478 )
478 )
479 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace',
479 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace',
480 default='on',
480 default='on',
481 )
481 )
482 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
482 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
483 default=100,
483 default=100,
484 )
484 )
485 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
485 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
486 default=100,
486 default=100,
487 )
487 )
488 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'crecordtest',
488 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'crecordtest',
489 default=None,
489 default=None,
490 )
490 )
491 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess',
491 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess',
492 default=False,
492 default=False,
493 )
493 )
494 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess.revnums',
494 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess.revnums',
495 default=False,
495 default=False,
496 )
496 )
497 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'editortmpinhg',
497 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'editortmpinhg',
498 default=False,
498 default=False,
499 )
499 )
500 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution',
500 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution',
501 default=list,
501 default=list,
502 )
502 )
503 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowdivergence',
503 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowdivergence',
504 default=False,
504 default=False,
505 alias=[('experimental', 'allowdivergence')]
505 alias=[('experimental', 'allowdivergence')]
506 )
506 )
507 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowunstable',
507 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowunstable',
508 default=None,
508 default=None,
509 )
509 )
510 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.createmarkers',
510 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.createmarkers',
511 default=None,
511 default=None,
512 )
512 )
513 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.effect-flags',
513 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.effect-flags',
514 default=True,
514 default=True,
515 alias=[('experimental', 'effect-flags')]
515 alias=[('experimental', 'effect-flags')]
516 )
516 )
517 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.exchange',
517 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.exchange',
518 default=None,
518 default=None,
519 )
519 )
520 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
520 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
521 default=False,
521 default=False,
522 )
522 )
523 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.report-instabilities',
523 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.report-instabilities',
524 default=True,
524 default=True,
525 )
525 )
526 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.track-operation',
526 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.track-operation',
527 default=True,
527 default=True,
528 )
528 )
529 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'maxdeltachainspan',
529 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'maxdeltachainspan',
530 default=-1,
530 default=-1,
531 )
531 )
532 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergetempdirprefix',
532 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergetempdirprefix',
533 default=None,
533 default=None,
534 )
534 )
535 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mmapindexthreshold',
535 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mmapindexthreshold',
536 default=None,
536 default=None,
537 )
537 )
538 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
538 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
539 default=False,
539 default=False,
540 )
540 )
541 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'exportableenviron',
541 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'exportableenviron',
542 default=list,
542 default=list,
543 )
543 )
544 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.index',
544 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.index',
545 default=None,
545 default=None,
546 )
546 )
547 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.similarity',
547 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.similarity',
548 default=False,
548 default=False,
549 )
549 )
550 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'format.compression',
550 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'format.compression',
551 default='zlib',
551 default='zlib',
552 )
552 )
553 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphshorten',
553 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphshorten',
554 default=False,
554 default=False,
555 )
555 )
556 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.parent',
556 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.parent',
557 default=dynamicdefault,
557 default=dynamicdefault,
558 )
558 )
559 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.missing',
559 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.missing',
560 default=dynamicdefault,
560 default=dynamicdefault,
561 )
561 )
562 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.grandparent',
562 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.grandparent',
563 default=dynamicdefault,
563 default=dynamicdefault,
564 )
564 )
565 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'hook-track-tags',
565 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'hook-track-tags',
566 default=False,
566 default=False,
567 )
567 )
568 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.advertise-v2',
568 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.advertise-v2',
569 default=False,
569 default=False,
570 )
570 )
571 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppostargs',
571 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppostargs',
572 default=False,
572 default=False,
573 )
573 )
574 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergedriver',
574 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergedriver',
575 default=None,
575 default=None,
576 )
576 )
577 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt', default=False)
577 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt', default=False)
578 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
578 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
579
579
580 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
580 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
581 default=False,
581 default=False,
582 )
582 )
583 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'remotenames',
583 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'remotenames',
584 default=False,
584 default=False,
585 )
585 )
586 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'removeemptydirs',
586 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'removeemptydirs',
587 default=True,
587 default=True,
588 )
588 )
589 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.prefixhexnode',
589 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.prefixhexnode',
590 default=False,
590 default=False,
591 )
591 )
592 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revlogv2',
592 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revlogv2',
593 default=None,
593 default=None,
594 )
594 )
595 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
595 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
596 default=None,
596 default=None,
597 )
597 )
598 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'single-head-per-branch',
598 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'single-head-per-branch',
599 default=False,
599 default=False,
600 )
600 )
601 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshserver.support-v2',
601 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshserver.support-v2',
602 default=False,
602 default=False,
603 )
603 )
604 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'spacemovesdown',
604 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'spacemovesdown',
605 default=False,
605 default=False,
606 )
606 )
607 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read',
607 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read',
608 default=False,
608 default=False,
609 )
609 )
610 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.density-threshold',
610 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.density-threshold',
611 default=0.50,
611 default=0.50,
612 )
612 )
613 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
613 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
614 default='65K',
614 default='65K',
615 )
615 )
616 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'treemanifest',
616 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'treemanifest',
617 default=False,
617 default=False,
618 )
618 )
619 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'update.atomic-file',
619 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'update.atomic-file',
620 default=False,
620 default=False,
621 )
621 )
622 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
622 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
623 default=False,
623 default=False,
624 )
624 )
625 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.apiserver',
625 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.apiserver',
626 default=False,
626 default=False,
627 )
627 )
628 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.http-v2',
628 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.http-v2',
629 default=False,
629 default=False,
630 )
630 )
631 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.debugreflect',
631 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.debugreflect',
632 default=False,
632 default=False,
633 )
633 )
634 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
634 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
635 default=False,
635 default=False,
636 )
636 )
637 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'xdiff',
637 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'xdiff',
638 default=False,
638 default=False,
639 )
639 )
640 coreconfigitem('extensions', '.*',
640 coreconfigitem('extensions', '.*',
641 default=None,
641 default=None,
642 generic=True,
642 generic=True,
643 )
643 )
644 coreconfigitem('extdata', '.*',
644 coreconfigitem('extdata', '.*',
645 default=None,
645 default=None,
646 generic=True,
646 generic=True,
647 )
647 )
648 coreconfigitem('format', 'chunkcachesize',
648 coreconfigitem('format', 'chunkcachesize',
649 default=None,
649 default=None,
650 )
650 )
651 coreconfigitem('format', 'dotencode',
651 coreconfigitem('format', 'dotencode',
652 default=True,
652 default=True,
653 )
653 )
654 coreconfigitem('format', 'generaldelta',
654 coreconfigitem('format', 'generaldelta',
655 default=False,
655 default=False,
656 )
656 )
657 coreconfigitem('format', 'manifestcachesize',
657 coreconfigitem('format', 'manifestcachesize',
658 default=None,
658 default=None,
659 )
659 )
660 coreconfigitem('format', 'maxchainlen',
660 coreconfigitem('format', 'maxchainlen',
661 default=dynamicdefault,
661 default=dynamicdefault,
662 )
662 )
663 coreconfigitem('format', 'obsstore-version',
663 coreconfigitem('format', 'obsstore-version',
664 default=None,
664 default=None,
665 )
665 )
666 coreconfigitem('format', 'sparse-revlog',
666 coreconfigitem('format', 'sparse-revlog',
667 default=False,
667 default=False,
668 )
668 )
669 coreconfigitem('format', 'usefncache',
669 coreconfigitem('format', 'usefncache',
670 default=True,
670 default=True,
671 )
671 )
672 coreconfigitem('format', 'usegeneraldelta',
672 coreconfigitem('format', 'usegeneraldelta',
673 default=True,
673 default=True,
674 )
674 )
675 coreconfigitem('format', 'usestore',
675 coreconfigitem('format', 'usestore',
676 default=True,
676 default=True,
677 )
677 )
678 coreconfigitem('format', 'internal-phase',
678 coreconfigitem('format', 'internal-phase',
679 default=False,
679 default=False,
680 )
680 )
681 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_when_unused',
681 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_when_unused',
682 default=True,
682 default=True,
683 )
683 )
684 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_update_file_count',
684 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_update_file_count',
685 default=50000,
685 default=50000,
686 )
686 )
687 coreconfigitem('hooks', '.*',
687 coreconfigitem('hooks', '.*',
688 default=dynamicdefault,
688 default=dynamicdefault,
689 generic=True,
689 generic=True,
690 )
690 )
691 coreconfigitem('hgweb-paths', '.*',
691 coreconfigitem('hgweb-paths', '.*',
692 default=list,
692 default=list,
693 generic=True,
693 generic=True,
694 )
694 )
695 coreconfigitem('hostfingerprints', '.*',
695 coreconfigitem('hostfingerprints', '.*',
696 default=list,
696 default=list,
697 generic=True,
697 generic=True,
698 )
698 )
699 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'ciphers',
699 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'ciphers',
700 default=None,
700 default=None,
701 )
701 )
702 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'disabletls10warning',
702 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'disabletls10warning',
703 default=False,
703 default=False,
704 )
704 )
705 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'minimumprotocol',
705 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'minimumprotocol',
706 default=dynamicdefault,
706 default=dynamicdefault,
707 )
707 )
708 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:minimumprotocol$',
708 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:minimumprotocol$',
709 default=dynamicdefault,
709 default=dynamicdefault,
710 generic=True,
710 generic=True,
711 )
711 )
712 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:ciphers$',
712 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:ciphers$',
713 default=dynamicdefault,
713 default=dynamicdefault,
714 generic=True,
714 generic=True,
715 )
715 )
716 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:fingerprints$',
716 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:fingerprints$',
717 default=list,
717 default=list,
718 generic=True,
718 generic=True,
719 )
719 )
720 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:verifycertsfile$',
720 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:verifycertsfile$',
721 default=None,
721 default=None,
722 generic=True,
722 generic=True,
723 )
723 )
724
724
725 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'always',
725 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'always',
726 default=False,
726 default=False,
727 )
727 )
728 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'host',
728 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'host',
729 default=None,
729 default=None,
730 )
730 )
731 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'no',
731 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'no',
732 default=list,
732 default=list,
733 )
733 )
734 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'passwd',
734 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'passwd',
735 default=None,
735 default=None,
736 )
736 )
737 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'user',
737 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'user',
738 default=None,
738 default=None,
739 )
739 )
740
741 coreconfigitem('http', 'timeout',
742 default=None,
743 )
744
740 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandexception',
745 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandexception',
741 default=None,
746 default=None,
742 )
747 )
743 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandfinish',
748 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandfinish',
744 default=None,
749 default=None,
745 )
750 )
746 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'command',
751 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'command',
747 default=None,
752 default=None,
748 )
753 )
749 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'develwarn',
754 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'develwarn',
750 default=None,
755 default=None,
751 )
756 )
752 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'uiblocked',
757 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'uiblocked',
753 default=None,
758 default=None,
754 )
759 )
755 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkunknown',
760 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkunknown',
756 default='abort',
761 default='abort',
757 )
762 )
758 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkignored',
763 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkignored',
759 default='abort',
764 default='abort',
760 )
765 )
761 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'merge.checkpathconflicts',
766 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'merge.checkpathconflicts',
762 default=False,
767 default=False,
763 )
768 )
764 coreconfigitem('merge', 'followcopies',
769 coreconfigitem('merge', 'followcopies',
765 default=True,
770 default=True,
766 )
771 )
767 coreconfigitem('merge', 'on-failure',
772 coreconfigitem('merge', 'on-failure',
768 default='continue',
773 default='continue',
769 )
774 )
770 coreconfigitem('merge', 'preferancestor',
775 coreconfigitem('merge', 'preferancestor',
771 default=lambda: ['*'],
776 default=lambda: ['*'],
772 )
777 )
773 coreconfigitem('merge', 'strict-capability-check',
778 coreconfigitem('merge', 'strict-capability-check',
774 default=False,
779 default=False,
775 )
780 )
776 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', '.*',
781 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', '.*',
777 default=None,
782 default=None,
778 generic=True,
783 generic=True,
779 )
784 )
780 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.args$',
785 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.args$',
781 default="$local $base $other",
786 default="$local $base $other",
782 generic=True,
787 generic=True,
783 priority=-1,
788 priority=-1,
784 )
789 )
785 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$',
790 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$',
786 default=False,
791 default=False,
787 generic=True,
792 generic=True,
788 priority=-1,
793 priority=-1,
789 )
794 )
790 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.check$',
795 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.check$',
791 default=list,
796 default=list,
792 generic=True,
797 generic=True,
793 priority=-1,
798 priority=-1,
794 )
799 )
795 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.checkchanged$',
800 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.checkchanged$',
796 default=False,
801 default=False,
797 generic=True,
802 generic=True,
798 priority=-1,
803 priority=-1,
799 )
804 )
800 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.executable$',
805 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.executable$',
801 default=dynamicdefault,
806 default=dynamicdefault,
802 generic=True,
807 generic=True,
803 priority=-1,
808 priority=-1,
804 )
809 )
805 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$',
810 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$',
806 default=False,
811 default=False,
807 generic=True,
812 generic=True,
808 priority=-1,
813 priority=-1,
809 )
814 )
810 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$',
815 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$',
811 default=False,
816 default=False,
812 generic=True,
817 generic=True,
813 priority=-1,
818 priority=-1,
814 )
819 )
815 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
820 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
816 default='basic',
821 default='basic',
817 generic=True,
822 generic=True,
818 priority=-1,
823 priority=-1,
819 )
824 )
820 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
825 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
821 default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate
826 default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate
822 generic=True,
827 generic=True,
823 priority=-1,
828 priority=-1,
824 )
829 )
825 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$',
830 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$',
826 default=0,
831 default=0,
827 generic=True,
832 generic=True,
828 priority=-1,
833 priority=-1,
829 )
834 )
830 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.premerge$',
835 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.premerge$',
831 default=dynamicdefault,
836 default=dynamicdefault,
832 generic=True,
837 generic=True,
833 priority=-1,
838 priority=-1,
834 )
839 )
835 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$',
840 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$',
836 default=False,
841 default=False,
837 generic=True,
842 generic=True,
838 priority=-1,
843 priority=-1,
839 )
844 )
840 coreconfigitem('pager', 'attend-.*',
845 coreconfigitem('pager', 'attend-.*',
841 default=dynamicdefault,
846 default=dynamicdefault,
842 generic=True,
847 generic=True,
843 )
848 )
844 coreconfigitem('pager', 'ignore',
849 coreconfigitem('pager', 'ignore',
845 default=list,
850 default=list,
846 )
851 )
847 coreconfigitem('pager', 'pager',
852 coreconfigitem('pager', 'pager',
848 default=dynamicdefault,
853 default=dynamicdefault,
849 )
854 )
850 coreconfigitem('patch', 'eol',
855 coreconfigitem('patch', 'eol',
851 default='strict',
856 default='strict',
852 )
857 )
853 coreconfigitem('patch', 'fuzz',
858 coreconfigitem('patch', 'fuzz',
854 default=2,
859 default=2,
855 )
860 )
856 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default',
861 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default',
857 default=None,
862 default=None,
858 )
863 )
859 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default-push',
864 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default-push',
860 default=None,
865 default=None,
861 )
866 )
862 coreconfigitem('paths', '.*',
867 coreconfigitem('paths', '.*',
863 default=None,
868 default=None,
864 generic=True,
869 generic=True,
865 )
870 )
866 coreconfigitem('phases', 'checksubrepos',
871 coreconfigitem('phases', 'checksubrepos',
867 default='follow',
872 default='follow',
868 )
873 )
869 coreconfigitem('phases', 'new-commit',
874 coreconfigitem('phases', 'new-commit',
870 default='draft',
875 default='draft',
871 )
876 )
872 coreconfigitem('phases', 'publish',
877 coreconfigitem('phases', 'publish',
873 default=True,
878 default=True,
874 )
879 )
875 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'enabled',
880 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'enabled',
876 default=False,
881 default=False,
877 )
882 )
878 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'format',
883 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'format',
879 default='text',
884 default='text',
880 )
885 )
881 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'freq',
886 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'freq',
882 default=1000,
887 default=1000,
883 )
888 )
884 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'limit',
889 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'limit',
885 default=30,
890 default=30,
886 )
891 )
887 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'nested',
892 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'nested',
888 default=0,
893 default=0,
889 )
894 )
890 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'output',
895 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'output',
891 default=None,
896 default=None,
892 )
897 )
893 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmax',
898 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmax',
894 default=0.999,
899 default=0.999,
895 )
900 )
896 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmin',
901 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmin',
897 default=dynamicdefault,
902 default=dynamicdefault,
898 )
903 )
899 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'sort',
904 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'sort',
900 default='inlinetime',
905 default='inlinetime',
901 )
906 )
902 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'statformat',
907 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'statformat',
903 default='hotpath',
908 default='hotpath',
904 )
909 )
905 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'time-track',
910 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'time-track',
906 default='cpu',
911 default='cpu',
907 )
912 )
908 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'type',
913 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'type',
909 default='stat',
914 default='stat',
910 )
915 )
911 coreconfigitem('progress', 'assume-tty',
916 coreconfigitem('progress', 'assume-tty',
912 default=False,
917 default=False,
913 )
918 )
914 coreconfigitem('progress', 'changedelay',
919 coreconfigitem('progress', 'changedelay',
915 default=1,
920 default=1,
916 )
921 )
917 coreconfigitem('progress', 'clear-complete',
922 coreconfigitem('progress', 'clear-complete',
918 default=True,
923 default=True,
919 )
924 )
920 coreconfigitem('progress', 'debug',
925 coreconfigitem('progress', 'debug',
921 default=False,
926 default=False,
922 )
927 )
923 coreconfigitem('progress', 'delay',
928 coreconfigitem('progress', 'delay',
924 default=3,
929 default=3,
925 )
930 )
926 coreconfigitem('progress', 'disable',
931 coreconfigitem('progress', 'disable',
927 default=False,
932 default=False,
928 )
933 )
929 coreconfigitem('progress', 'estimateinterval',
934 coreconfigitem('progress', 'estimateinterval',
930 default=60.0,
935 default=60.0,
931 )
936 )
932 coreconfigitem('progress', 'format',
937 coreconfigitem('progress', 'format',
933 default=lambda: ['topic', 'bar', 'number', 'estimate'],
938 default=lambda: ['topic', 'bar', 'number', 'estimate'],
934 )
939 )
935 coreconfigitem('progress', 'refresh',
940 coreconfigitem('progress', 'refresh',
936 default=0.1,
941 default=0.1,
937 )
942 )
938 coreconfigitem('progress', 'width',
943 coreconfigitem('progress', 'width',
939 default=dynamicdefault,
944 default=dynamicdefault,
940 )
945 )
941 coreconfigitem('push', 'pushvars.server',
946 coreconfigitem('push', 'pushvars.server',
942 default=False,
947 default=False,
943 )
948 )
944 coreconfigitem('storage', 'new-repo-backend',
949 coreconfigitem('storage', 'new-repo-backend',
945 default='revlogv1',
950 default='revlogv1',
946 )
951 )
947 coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
952 coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
948 default=True,
953 default=True,
949 alias=[('format', 'aggressivemergedeltas')],
954 alias=[('format', 'aggressivemergedeltas')],
950 )
955 )
951 coreconfigitem('server', 'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
956 coreconfigitem('server', 'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
952 default=True,
957 default=True,
953 )
958 )
954 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1',
959 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1',
955 default=True,
960 default=True,
956 )
961 )
957 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd',
962 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd',
958 default=None,
963 default=None,
959 )
964 )
960 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.pull',
965 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.pull',
961 default=None,
966 default=None,
962 )
967 )
963 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.pull',
968 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.pull',
964 default=None,
969 default=None,
965 )
970 )
966 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.push',
971 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.push',
967 default=None,
972 default=None,
968 )
973 )
969 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.push',
974 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.push',
970 default=None,
975 default=None,
971 )
976 )
972 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle2.stream',
977 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle2.stream',
973 default=True,
978 default=True,
974 alias=[('experimental', 'bundle2.stream')]
979 alias=[('experimental', 'bundle2.stream')]
975 )
980 )
976 coreconfigitem('server', 'compressionengines',
981 coreconfigitem('server', 'compressionengines',
977 default=list,
982 default=list,
978 )
983 )
979 coreconfigitem('server', 'concurrent-push-mode',
984 coreconfigitem('server', 'concurrent-push-mode',
980 default='strict',
985 default='strict',
981 )
986 )
982 coreconfigitem('server', 'disablefullbundle',
987 coreconfigitem('server', 'disablefullbundle',
983 default=False,
988 default=False,
984 )
989 )
985 coreconfigitem('server', 'maxhttpheaderlen',
990 coreconfigitem('server', 'maxhttpheaderlen',
986 default=1024,
991 default=1024,
987 )
992 )
988 coreconfigitem('server', 'pullbundle',
993 coreconfigitem('server', 'pullbundle',
989 default=False,
994 default=False,
990 )
995 )
991 coreconfigitem('server', 'preferuncompressed',
996 coreconfigitem('server', 'preferuncompressed',
992 default=False,
997 default=False,
993 )
998 )
994 coreconfigitem('server', 'streamunbundle',
999 coreconfigitem('server', 'streamunbundle',
995 default=False,
1000 default=False,
996 )
1001 )
997 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressed',
1002 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressed',
998 default=True,
1003 default=True,
999 )
1004 )
1000 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressedallowsecret',
1005 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressedallowsecret',
1001 default=False,
1006 default=False,
1002 )
1007 )
1003 coreconfigitem('server', 'validate',
1008 coreconfigitem('server', 'validate',
1004 default=False,
1009 default=False,
1005 )
1010 )
1006 coreconfigitem('server', 'zliblevel',
1011 coreconfigitem('server', 'zliblevel',
1007 default=-1,
1012 default=-1,
1008 )
1013 )
1009 coreconfigitem('server', 'zstdlevel',
1014 coreconfigitem('server', 'zstdlevel',
1010 default=3,
1015 default=3,
1011 )
1016 )
1012 coreconfigitem('share', 'pool',
1017 coreconfigitem('share', 'pool',
1013 default=None,
1018 default=None,
1014 )
1019 )
1015 coreconfigitem('share', 'poolnaming',
1020 coreconfigitem('share', 'poolnaming',
1016 default='identity',
1021 default='identity',
1017 )
1022 )
1018 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'host',
1023 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'host',
1019 default=None,
1024 default=None,
1020 )
1025 )
1021 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'local_hostname',
1026 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'local_hostname',
1022 default=None,
1027 default=None,
1023 )
1028 )
1024 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'password',
1029 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'password',
1025 default=None,
1030 default=None,
1026 )
1031 )
1027 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'port',
1032 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'port',
1028 default=dynamicdefault,
1033 default=dynamicdefault,
1029 )
1034 )
1030 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'tls',
1035 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'tls',
1031 default='none',
1036 default='none',
1032 )
1037 )
1033 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'username',
1038 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'username',
1034 default=None,
1039 default=None,
1035 )
1040 )
1036 coreconfigitem('sparse', 'missingwarning',
1041 coreconfigitem('sparse', 'missingwarning',
1037 default=True,
1042 default=True,
1038 )
1043 )
1039 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'allowed',
1044 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'allowed',
1040 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1045 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1041 )
1046 )
1042 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'hg:allowed',
1047 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'hg:allowed',
1043 default=dynamicdefault,
1048 default=dynamicdefault,
1044 )
1049 )
1045 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'git:allowed',
1050 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'git:allowed',
1046 default=dynamicdefault,
1051 default=dynamicdefault,
1047 )
1052 )
1048 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'svn:allowed',
1053 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'svn:allowed',
1049 default=dynamicdefault,
1054 default=dynamicdefault,
1050 )
1055 )
1051 coreconfigitem('templates', '.*',
1056 coreconfigitem('templates', '.*',
1052 default=None,
1057 default=None,
1053 generic=True,
1058 generic=True,
1054 )
1059 )
1055 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'groups',
1060 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'groups',
1056 default=list,
1061 default=list,
1057 )
1062 )
1058 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'users',
1063 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'users',
1059 default=list,
1064 default=list,
1060 )
1065 )
1061 coreconfigitem('ui', '_usedassubrepo',
1066 coreconfigitem('ui', '_usedassubrepo',
1062 default=False,
1067 default=False,
1063 )
1068 )
1064 coreconfigitem('ui', 'allowemptycommit',
1069 coreconfigitem('ui', 'allowemptycommit',
1065 default=False,
1070 default=False,
1066 )
1071 )
1067 coreconfigitem('ui', 'archivemeta',
1072 coreconfigitem('ui', 'archivemeta',
1068 default=True,
1073 default=True,
1069 )
1074 )
1070 coreconfigitem('ui', 'askusername',
1075 coreconfigitem('ui', 'askusername',
1071 default=False,
1076 default=False,
1072 )
1077 )
1073 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundlefallback',
1078 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundlefallback',
1074 default=False,
1079 default=False,
1075 )
1080 )
1076 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundleprefers',
1081 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundleprefers',
1077 default=list,
1082 default=list,
1078 )
1083 )
1079 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundles',
1084 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundles',
1080 default=True,
1085 default=True,
1081 )
1086 )
1082 coreconfigitem('ui', 'color',
1087 coreconfigitem('ui', 'color',
1083 default='auto',
1088 default='auto',
1084 )
1089 )
1085 coreconfigitem('ui', 'commitsubrepos',
1090 coreconfigitem('ui', 'commitsubrepos',
1086 default=False,
1091 default=False,
1087 )
1092 )
1088 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debug',
1093 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debug',
1089 default=False,
1094 default=False,
1090 )
1095 )
1091 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debugger',
1096 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debugger',
1092 default=None,
1097 default=None,
1093 )
1098 )
1094 coreconfigitem('ui', 'editor',
1099 coreconfigitem('ui', 'editor',
1095 default=dynamicdefault,
1100 default=dynamicdefault,
1096 )
1101 )
1097 coreconfigitem('ui', 'fallbackencoding',
1102 coreconfigitem('ui', 'fallbackencoding',
1098 default=None,
1103 default=None,
1099 )
1104 )
1100 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcecwd',
1105 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcecwd',
1101 default=None,
1106 default=None,
1102 )
1107 )
1103 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcemerge',
1108 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcemerge',
1104 default=None,
1109 default=None,
1105 )
1110 )
1106 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatdebug',
1111 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatdebug',
1107 default=False,
1112 default=False,
1108 )
1113 )
1109 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatjson',
1114 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatjson',
1110 default=False,
1115 default=False,
1111 )
1116 )
1112 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatted',
1117 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatted',
1113 default=None,
1118 default=None,
1114 )
1119 )
1115 coreconfigitem('ui', 'graphnodetemplate',
1120 coreconfigitem('ui', 'graphnodetemplate',
1116 default=None,
1121 default=None,
1117 )
1122 )
1118 coreconfigitem('ui', 'history-editing-backup',
1123 coreconfigitem('ui', 'history-editing-backup',
1119 default=True,
1124 default=True,
1120 )
1125 )
1121 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interactive',
1126 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interactive',
1122 default=None,
1127 default=None,
1123 )
1128 )
1124 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface',
1129 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface',
1125 default=None,
1130 default=None,
1126 )
1131 )
1127 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface.chunkselector',
1132 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface.chunkselector',
1128 default=None,
1133 default=None,
1129 )
1134 )
1130 coreconfigitem('ui', 'large-file-limit',
1135 coreconfigitem('ui', 'large-file-limit',
1131 default=10000000,
1136 default=10000000,
1132 )
1137 )
1133 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logblockedtimes',
1138 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logblockedtimes',
1134 default=False,
1139 default=False,
1135 )
1140 )
1136 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logtemplate',
1141 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logtemplate',
1137 default=None,
1142 default=None,
1138 )
1143 )
1139 coreconfigitem('ui', 'merge',
1144 coreconfigitem('ui', 'merge',
1140 default=None,
1145 default=None,
1141 )
1146 )
1142 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkers',
1147 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkers',
1143 default='basic',
1148 default='basic',
1144 )
1149 )
1145 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkertemplate',
1150 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkertemplate',
1146 default=('{node|short} '
1151 default=('{node|short} '
1147 '{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
1152 '{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
1148 'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
1153 'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
1149 '{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
1154 '{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
1150 '{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
1155 '{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
1151 '- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}')
1156 '- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}')
1152 )
1157 )
1153 coreconfigitem('ui', 'nontty',
1158 coreconfigitem('ui', 'nontty',
1154 default=False,
1159 default=False,
1155 )
1160 )
1156 coreconfigitem('ui', 'origbackuppath',
1161 coreconfigitem('ui', 'origbackuppath',
1157 default=None,
1162 default=None,
1158 )
1163 )
1159 coreconfigitem('ui', 'paginate',
1164 coreconfigitem('ui', 'paginate',
1160 default=True,
1165 default=True,
1161 )
1166 )
1162 coreconfigitem('ui', 'patch',
1167 coreconfigitem('ui', 'patch',
1163 default=None,
1168 default=None,
1164 )
1169 )
1165 coreconfigitem('ui', 'portablefilenames',
1170 coreconfigitem('ui', 'portablefilenames',
1166 default='warn',
1171 default='warn',
1167 )
1172 )
1168 coreconfigitem('ui', 'promptecho',
1173 coreconfigitem('ui', 'promptecho',
1169 default=False,
1174 default=False,
1170 )
1175 )
1171 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quiet',
1176 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quiet',
1172 default=False,
1177 default=False,
1173 )
1178 )
1174 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quietbookmarkmove',
1179 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quietbookmarkmove',
1175 default=False,
1180 default=False,
1176 )
1181 )
1177 coreconfigitem('ui', 'remotecmd',
1182 coreconfigitem('ui', 'remotecmd',
1178 default='hg',
1183 default='hg',
1179 )
1184 )
1180 coreconfigitem('ui', 'report_untrusted',
1185 coreconfigitem('ui', 'report_untrusted',
1181 default=True,
1186 default=True,
1182 )
1187 )
1183 coreconfigitem('ui', 'rollback',
1188 coreconfigitem('ui', 'rollback',
1184 default=True,
1189 default=True,
1185 )
1190 )
1186 coreconfigitem('ui', 'signal-safe-lock',
1191 coreconfigitem('ui', 'signal-safe-lock',
1187 default=True,
1192 default=True,
1188 )
1193 )
1189 coreconfigitem('ui', 'slash',
1194 coreconfigitem('ui', 'slash',
1190 default=False,
1195 default=False,
1191 )
1196 )
1192 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssh',
1197 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssh',
1193 default='ssh',
1198 default='ssh',
1194 )
1199 )
1195 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssherrorhint',
1200 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssherrorhint',
1196 default=None,
1201 default=None,
1197 )
1202 )
1198 coreconfigitem('ui', 'statuscopies',
1203 coreconfigitem('ui', 'statuscopies',
1199 default=False,
1204 default=False,
1200 )
1205 )
1201 coreconfigitem('ui', 'strict',
1206 coreconfigitem('ui', 'strict',
1202 default=False,
1207 default=False,
1203 )
1208 )
1204 coreconfigitem('ui', 'style',
1209 coreconfigitem('ui', 'style',
1205 default='',
1210 default='',
1206 )
1211 )
1207 coreconfigitem('ui', 'supportcontact',
1212 coreconfigitem('ui', 'supportcontact',
1208 default=None,
1213 default=None,
1209 )
1214 )
1210 coreconfigitem('ui', 'textwidth',
1215 coreconfigitem('ui', 'textwidth',
1211 default=78,
1216 default=78,
1212 )
1217 )
1213 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout',
1218 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout',
1214 default='600',
1219 default='600',
1215 )
1220 )
1216 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout.warn',
1221 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout.warn',
1217 default=0,
1222 default=0,
1218 )
1223 )
1219 coreconfigitem('ui', 'traceback',
1224 coreconfigitem('ui', 'traceback',
1220 default=False,
1225 default=False,
1221 )
1226 )
1222 coreconfigitem('ui', 'tweakdefaults',
1227 coreconfigitem('ui', 'tweakdefaults',
1223 default=False,
1228 default=False,
1224 )
1229 )
1225 coreconfigitem('ui', 'username',
1230 coreconfigitem('ui', 'username',
1226 alias=[('ui', 'user')]
1231 alias=[('ui', 'user')]
1227 )
1232 )
1228 coreconfigitem('ui', 'verbose',
1233 coreconfigitem('ui', 'verbose',
1229 default=False,
1234 default=False,
1230 )
1235 )
1231 coreconfigitem('verify', 'skipflags',
1236 coreconfigitem('verify', 'skipflags',
1232 default=None,
1237 default=None,
1233 )
1238 )
1234 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowbz2',
1239 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowbz2',
1235 default=False,
1240 default=False,
1236 )
1241 )
1237 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowgz',
1242 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowgz',
1238 default=False,
1243 default=False,
1239 )
1244 )
1240 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-pull',
1245 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-pull',
1241 alias=[('web', 'allowpull')],
1246 alias=[('web', 'allowpull')],
1242 default=True,
1247 default=True,
1243 )
1248 )
1244 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-push',
1249 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-push',
1245 alias=[('web', 'allow_push')],
1250 alias=[('web', 'allow_push')],
1246 default=list,
1251 default=list,
1247 )
1252 )
1248 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowzip',
1253 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowzip',
1249 default=False,
1254 default=False,
1250 )
1255 )
1251 coreconfigitem('web', 'archivesubrepos',
1256 coreconfigitem('web', 'archivesubrepos',
1252 default=False,
1257 default=False,
1253 )
1258 )
1254 coreconfigitem('web', 'cache',
1259 coreconfigitem('web', 'cache',
1255 default=True,
1260 default=True,
1256 )
1261 )
1257 coreconfigitem('web', 'contact',
1262 coreconfigitem('web', 'contact',
1258 default=None,
1263 default=None,
1259 )
1264 )
1260 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_push',
1265 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_push',
1261 default=list,
1266 default=list,
1262 )
1267 )
1263 coreconfigitem('web', 'guessmime',
1268 coreconfigitem('web', 'guessmime',
1264 default=False,
1269 default=False,
1265 )
1270 )
1266 coreconfigitem('web', 'hidden',
1271 coreconfigitem('web', 'hidden',
1267 default=False,
1272 default=False,
1268 )
1273 )
1269 coreconfigitem('web', 'labels',
1274 coreconfigitem('web', 'labels',
1270 default=list,
1275 default=list,
1271 )
1276 )
1272 coreconfigitem('web', 'logoimg',
1277 coreconfigitem('web', 'logoimg',
1273 default='hglogo.png',
1278 default='hglogo.png',
1274 )
1279 )
1275 coreconfigitem('web', 'logourl',
1280 coreconfigitem('web', 'logourl',
1276 default='https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1281 default='https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1277 )
1282 )
1278 coreconfigitem('web', 'accesslog',
1283 coreconfigitem('web', 'accesslog',
1279 default='-',
1284 default='-',
1280 )
1285 )
1281 coreconfigitem('web', 'address',
1286 coreconfigitem('web', 'address',
1282 default='',
1287 default='',
1283 )
1288 )
1284 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-archive',
1289 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-archive',
1285 alias=[('web', 'allow_archive')],
1290 alias=[('web', 'allow_archive')],
1286 default=list,
1291 default=list,
1287 )
1292 )
1288 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow_read',
1293 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow_read',
1289 default=list,
1294 default=list,
1290 )
1295 )
1291 coreconfigitem('web', 'baseurl',
1296 coreconfigitem('web', 'baseurl',
1292 default=None,
1297 default=None,
1293 )
1298 )
1294 coreconfigitem('web', 'cacerts',
1299 coreconfigitem('web', 'cacerts',
1295 default=None,
1300 default=None,
1296 )
1301 )
1297 coreconfigitem('web', 'certificate',
1302 coreconfigitem('web', 'certificate',
1298 default=None,
1303 default=None,
1299 )
1304 )
1300 coreconfigitem('web', 'collapse',
1305 coreconfigitem('web', 'collapse',
1301 default=False,
1306 default=False,
1302 )
1307 )
1303 coreconfigitem('web', 'csp',
1308 coreconfigitem('web', 'csp',
1304 default=None,
1309 default=None,
1305 )
1310 )
1306 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_read',
1311 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_read',
1307 default=list,
1312 default=list,
1308 )
1313 )
1309 coreconfigitem('web', 'descend',
1314 coreconfigitem('web', 'descend',
1310 default=True,
1315 default=True,
1311 )
1316 )
1312 coreconfigitem('web', 'description',
1317 coreconfigitem('web', 'description',
1313 default="",
1318 default="",
1314 )
1319 )
1315 coreconfigitem('web', 'encoding',
1320 coreconfigitem('web', 'encoding',
1316 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1321 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1317 )
1322 )
1318 coreconfigitem('web', 'errorlog',
1323 coreconfigitem('web', 'errorlog',
1319 default='-',
1324 default='-',
1320 )
1325 )
1321 coreconfigitem('web', 'ipv6',
1326 coreconfigitem('web', 'ipv6',
1322 default=False,
1327 default=False,
1323 )
1328 )
1324 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxchanges',
1329 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxchanges',
1325 default=10,
1330 default=10,
1326 )
1331 )
1327 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxfiles',
1332 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxfiles',
1328 default=10,
1333 default=10,
1329 )
1334 )
1330 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxshortchanges',
1335 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxshortchanges',
1331 default=60,
1336 default=60,
1332 )
1337 )
1333 coreconfigitem('web', 'motd',
1338 coreconfigitem('web', 'motd',
1334 default='',
1339 default='',
1335 )
1340 )
1336 coreconfigitem('web', 'name',
1341 coreconfigitem('web', 'name',
1337 default=dynamicdefault,
1342 default=dynamicdefault,
1338 )
1343 )
1339 coreconfigitem('web', 'port',
1344 coreconfigitem('web', 'port',
1340 default=8000,
1345 default=8000,
1341 )
1346 )
1342 coreconfigitem('web', 'prefix',
1347 coreconfigitem('web', 'prefix',
1343 default='',
1348 default='',
1344 )
1349 )
1345 coreconfigitem('web', 'push_ssl',
1350 coreconfigitem('web', 'push_ssl',
1346 default=True,
1351 default=True,
1347 )
1352 )
1348 coreconfigitem('web', 'refreshinterval',
1353 coreconfigitem('web', 'refreshinterval',
1349 default=20,
1354 default=20,
1350 )
1355 )
1351 coreconfigitem('web', 'server-header',
1356 coreconfigitem('web', 'server-header',
1352 default=None,
1357 default=None,
1353 )
1358 )
1354 coreconfigitem('web', 'static',
1359 coreconfigitem('web', 'static',
1355 default=None,
1360 default=None,
1356 )
1361 )
1357 coreconfigitem('web', 'staticurl',
1362 coreconfigitem('web', 'staticurl',
1358 default=None,
1363 default=None,
1359 )
1364 )
1360 coreconfigitem('web', 'stripes',
1365 coreconfigitem('web', 'stripes',
1361 default=1,
1366 default=1,
1362 )
1367 )
1363 coreconfigitem('web', 'style',
1368 coreconfigitem('web', 'style',
1364 default='paper',
1369 default='paper',
1365 )
1370 )
1366 coreconfigitem('web', 'templates',
1371 coreconfigitem('web', 'templates',
1367 default=None,
1372 default=None,
1368 )
1373 )
1369 coreconfigitem('web', 'view',
1374 coreconfigitem('web', 'view',
1370 default='served',
1375 default='served',
1371 )
1376 )
1372 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclose',
1377 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclose',
1373 default=dynamicdefault,
1378 default=dynamicdefault,
1374 )
1379 )
1375 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1380 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1376 # should give us enough headway.
1381 # should give us enough headway.
1377 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
1382 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
1378 default=384,
1383 default=384,
1379 )
1384 )
1380 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
1385 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
1381 default=2048,
1386 default=2048,
1382 )
1387 )
1383 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosethreadcount',
1388 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosethreadcount',
1384 default=4,
1389 default=4,
1385 )
1390 )
1386 coreconfigitem('worker', 'enabled',
1391 coreconfigitem('worker', 'enabled',
1387 default=True,
1392 default=True,
1388 )
1393 )
1389 coreconfigitem('worker', 'numcpus',
1394 coreconfigitem('worker', 'numcpus',
1390 default=None,
1395 default=None,
1391 )
1396 )
1392
1397
1393 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1398 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1394 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1399 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1395 # without formally loading it.
1400 # without formally loading it.
1396 coreconfigitem('commands', 'rebase.requiredest',
1401 coreconfigitem('commands', 'rebase.requiredest',
1397 default=False,
1402 default=False,
1398 )
1403 )
1399 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'rebaseskipobsolete',
1404 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'rebaseskipobsolete',
1400 default=True,
1405 default=True,
1401 )
1406 )
1402 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'singletransaction',
1407 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'singletransaction',
1403 default=False,
1408 default=False,
1404 )
1409 )
1405 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'experimental.inmemory',
1410 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'experimental.inmemory',
1406 default=False,
1411 default=False,
1407 )
1412 )
@@ -1,2722 +1,2731 b''
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
64 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
65
65
66 .. container:: verbose.windows
66 .. container:: verbose.windows
67
67
68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69
69
70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
78 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
78 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
79
79
80 .. note::
80 .. note::
81
81
82 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
82 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
83 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
83 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
84
84
85 .. container:: windows
85 .. container:: windows
86
86
87 On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
87 On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
88
88
89 .. container:: verbose.plan9
89 .. container:: verbose.plan9
90
90
91 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
91 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
92
92
93 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
93 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
94 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
94 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
96 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
96 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
98 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
98 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
99 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
99 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
100
100
101 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
101 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
102 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
102 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
103 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
103 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
104 this file override options in all other configuration files.
104 this file override options in all other configuration files.
105
105
106 .. container:: unix.plan9
106 .. container:: unix.plan9
107
107
108 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
108 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
109 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
109 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
110 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
110 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
111
111
112 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
112 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
113 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
113 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
114 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
114 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
115 options.
115 options.
116
116
117 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
117 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
118 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
118 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
119 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
119 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
120
120
121 .. container:: unix.plan9
121 .. container:: unix.plan9
122
122
123 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
123 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
124 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
124 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
125 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
125 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
126 directory.
126 directory.
127
127
128 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
128 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
129 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
129 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
130 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
130 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
131 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
131 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
132 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
132 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
133 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
133 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
134 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
134 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
135
135
136 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
136 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
137 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
137 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
138 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
138 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
139 override per-installation options.
139 override per-installation options.
140
140
141 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
141 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
142 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
142 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
143 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
143 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
144 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
144 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
145 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
145 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
146 there.
146 there.
147
147
148 Syntax
148 Syntax
149 ======
149 ======
150
150
151 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
151 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
152 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
152 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
153 ``configuration keys``)::
153 ``configuration keys``)::
154
154
155 [spam]
155 [spam]
156 eggs=ham
156 eggs=ham
157 green=
157 green=
158 eggs
158 eggs
159
159
160 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
160 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
161 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
161 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
162 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
162 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
163 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
163 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
164
164
165 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
165 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
166 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
166 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
167
167
168 [spam]
168 [spam]
169 eggs=large
169 eggs=large
170 ham=serrano
170 ham=serrano
171 eggs=small
171 eggs=small
172
172
173 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
173 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
174
174
175 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
175 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
176 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
176 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
177 example::
177 example::
178
178
179 [foo]
179 [foo]
180 eggs=large
180 eggs=large
181 ham=serrano
181 ham=serrano
182 eggs=small
182 eggs=small
183
183
184 [bar]
184 [bar]
185 eggs=ham
185 eggs=ham
186 green=
186 green=
187 eggs
187 eggs
188
188
189 [foo]
189 [foo]
190 ham=prosciutto
190 ham=prosciutto
191 eggs=medium
191 eggs=medium
192 bread=toasted
192 bread=toasted
193
193
194 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
194 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
195 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
195 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
196 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
196 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
197 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
197 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
198
198
199 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
199 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
200 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
200 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
201 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
201 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
202 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
202 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
203 above.
203 above.
204
204
205 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
205 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
206 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
206 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
207 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
207 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
208 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
208 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
209 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
209 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
210 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
210 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
211
211
212 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
212 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
213
213
214 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
214 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
215
215
216 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
216 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
217 section, if it has been set previously.
217 section, if it has been set previously.
218
218
219 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
219 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
220 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
220 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
221 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
221 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
222 (all case insensitive).
222 (all case insensitive).
223
223
224 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
224 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
225 placed in double quotation marks::
225 placed in double quotation marks::
226
226
227 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
227 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
228
228
229 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
229 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
230 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
230 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
231 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
231 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
232
232
233 Sections
233 Sections
234 ========
234 ========
235
235
236 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
236 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
237 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
237 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
238 keys, and their possible values.
238 keys, and their possible values.
239
239
240 ``alias``
240 ``alias``
241 ---------
241 ---------
242
242
243 Defines command aliases.
243 Defines command aliases.
244
244
245 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
245 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
246 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
246 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
247 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
247 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
248 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
248 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
249 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
249 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
250 command to be executed.
250 command to be executed.
251
251
252 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
252 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
253
253
254 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
254 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
255
255
256 For example, this definition::
256 For example, this definition::
257
257
258 latest = log --limit 5
258 latest = log --limit 5
259
259
260 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
260 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
261 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
261 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
262
262
263 stable5 = latest -b stable
263 stable5 = latest -b stable
264
264
265 .. note::
265 .. note::
266
266
267 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
267 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
268 existing commands, which will then override the original
268 existing commands, which will then override the original
269 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
269 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
270
270
271 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
271 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
272 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
272 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
273 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
273 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
274
274
275 echo = !echo $@
275 echo = !echo $@
276
276
277 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
277 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
278 terminal. A better example might be::
278 terminal. A better example might be::
279
279
280 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
280 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
281
281
282 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
282 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
283 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
283 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
284
284
285 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
285 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
286 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
286 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
287 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
287 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
288 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
288 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
289 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
289 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
290 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
290 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
291
291
292 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
292 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
293 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
293 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
294 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
294 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
295 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
295 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
296 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
296 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
297 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
297 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
298
298
299 .. note::
299 .. note::
300
300
301 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
301 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
302 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
302 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
303 aliases.
303 aliases.
304
304
305
305
306 ``annotate``
306 ``annotate``
307 ------------
307 ------------
308
308
309 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
309 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
310 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
310 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
311 related options for the diff command.
311 related options for the diff command.
312
312
313 ``ignorews``
313 ``ignorews``
314 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
314 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
315
315
316 ``ignorewseol``
316 ``ignorewseol``
317 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
317 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
318
318
319 ``ignorewsamount``
319 ``ignorewsamount``
320 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
320 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
321
321
322 ``ignoreblanklines``
322 ``ignoreblanklines``
323 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
323 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
324
324
325
325
326 ``auth``
326 ``auth``
327 --------
327 --------
328
328
329 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
329 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
330 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
330 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
331 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
331 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
332 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
332 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
333 your HTTP server.
333 your HTTP server.
334
334
335 The following options apply to all hosts.
335 The following options apply to all hosts.
336
336
337 ``cookiefile``
337 ``cookiefile``
338 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
338 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
339 host will be sent automatically.
339 host will be sent automatically.
340
340
341 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
341 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
342 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
342 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
343 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
343 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
344 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
344 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
345 format."
345 format."
346
346
347 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
347 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
348 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
348 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
349 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
349 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
350
350
351 The cookies file is read-only.
351 The cookies file is read-only.
352
352
353 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
353 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
354 format::
354 format::
355
355
356 <name>.<argument> = <value>
356 <name>.<argument> = <value>
357
357
358 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
358 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
359 entries. Example::
359 entries. Example::
360
360
361 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
361 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
362 foo.username = foo
362 foo.username = foo
363 foo.password = bar
363 foo.password = bar
364 foo.schemes = http https
364 foo.schemes = http https
365
365
366 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
366 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
367 bar.key = path/to/file.key
367 bar.key = path/to/file.key
368 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
368 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
369 bar.schemes = https
369 bar.schemes = https
370
370
371 Supported arguments:
371 Supported arguments:
372
372
373 ``prefix``
373 ``prefix``
374 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
374 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
375 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
375 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
376 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
376 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
377 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
377 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
378 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
378 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
379 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
379 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
380
380
381 ``username``
381 ``username``
382 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
382 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
383 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
383 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
384 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
384 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
385 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
385 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
386 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
386 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
387 username or without a username will be considered.
387 username or without a username will be considered.
388
388
389 ``password``
389 ``password``
390 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
390 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
391 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
391 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
392 will be prompted for it.
392 will be prompted for it.
393
393
394 ``key``
394 ``key``
395 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
395 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
396 variables are expanded in the filename.
396 variables are expanded in the filename.
397
397
398 ``cert``
398 ``cert``
399 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
399 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
400 variables are expanded in the filename.
400 variables are expanded in the filename.
401
401
402 ``schemes``
402 ``schemes``
403 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
403 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
404 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
404 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
405 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
405 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
406 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
406 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
407 (default: https)
407 (default: https)
408
408
409 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
409 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
410 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
410 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
411
411
412 ``color``
412 ``color``
413 ---------
413 ---------
414
414
415 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
415 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
416 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
416 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
417
417
418 ``mode``
418 ``mode``
419 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
419 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
420 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
420 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
421 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
421 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
422 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
422 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
423
423
424 ``pagermode``
424 ``pagermode``
425 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
425 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
426
426
427 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
427 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
428 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
428 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
429 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
429 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
430 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
430 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
431 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
431 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
432 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
432 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
433 codes).
433 codes).
434
434
435 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
435 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
436 a different color mode than the pager program.
436 a different color mode than the pager program.
437
437
438 ``commands``
438 ``commands``
439 ------------
439 ------------
440
440
441 ``resolve.confirm``
441 ``resolve.confirm``
442 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
442 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
443 (default: False)
443 (default: False)
444
444
445 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
445 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
446 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
446 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
447 instead of re-merging files by default.
447 instead of re-merging files by default.
448 (default: False)
448 (default: False)
449
449
450 ``resolve.mark-check``
450 ``resolve.mark-check``
451 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
451 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
452 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
452 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
453 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
453 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
454 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
454 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
455 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
455 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
456 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
456 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
457 shown (an error will not be raised).
457 shown (an error will not be raised).
458 (default: ``none``)
458 (default: ``none``)
459
459
460 ``status.relative``
460 ``status.relative``
461 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
461 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
462 (default: False)
462 (default: False)
463
463
464 ``status.terse``
464 ``status.terse``
465 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenes status output.
465 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenes status output.
466 (default: empty)
466 (default: empty)
467
467
468 ``update.check``
468 ``update.check``
469 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
469 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
470 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
470 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
471 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
471 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
472 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
472 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
473 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
473 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
474 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
474 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
475 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
475 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
476 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
476 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
477 are present.
477 are present.
478 (default: ``linear``)
478 (default: ``linear``)
479
479
480 ``update.requiredest``
480 ``update.requiredest``
481 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
481 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
482 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
482 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
483 will be disallowed.
483 will be disallowed.
484 (default: False)
484 (default: False)
485
485
486 ``committemplate``
486 ``committemplate``
487 ------------------
487 ------------------
488
488
489 ``changeset``
489 ``changeset``
490 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
490 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
491 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
491 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
492
492
493 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
493 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
494 below can be used for customization:
494 below can be used for customization:
495
495
496 ``extramsg``
496 ``extramsg``
497 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
497 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
498 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
498 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
499
499
500 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
500 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
501 one shown by default::
501 one shown by default::
502
502
503 [committemplate]
503 [committemplate]
504 changeset = {desc}\n\n
504 changeset = {desc}\n\n
505 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
505 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
506 HG: {extramsg}
506 HG: {extramsg}
507 HG: --
507 HG: --
508 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
508 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
509 "HG: branch merge\n")
509 "HG: branch merge\n")
510 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
510 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
511 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
511 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
512 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
512 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
513 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
513 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
514 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
514 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
515 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
515 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
516 "HG: no files changed\n")}
516 "HG: no files changed\n")}
517
517
518 ``diff()``
518 ``diff()``
519 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
519 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
520
520
521 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
521 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
522 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
522 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
523 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
523 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
524 it::
524 it::
525
525
526 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
526 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
527
527
528 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
528 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
529 extra message::
529 extra message::
530
530
531 [committemplate]
531 [committemplate]
532 changeset = {desc}\n\n
532 changeset = {desc}\n\n
533 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
533 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
534 HG: {extramsg}
534 HG: {extramsg}
535 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
535 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
536 HG: Do not touch the line above.
536 HG: Do not touch the line above.
537 HG: Everything below will be removed.
537 HG: Everything below will be removed.
538 {diff()}
538 {diff()}
539
539
540 .. note::
540 .. note::
541
541
542 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
542 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
543 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
543 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
544 avoid showing broken characters.
544 avoid showing broken characters.
545
545
546 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
546 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
547 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
547 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
548 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
548 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
549 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
549 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
550
550
551 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
551 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
552 required):
552 required):
553
553
554 - :hg:`backout`
554 - :hg:`backout`
555 - :hg:`commit`
555 - :hg:`commit`
556 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
556 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
557 - :hg:`graft`
557 - :hg:`graft`
558 - :hg:`histedit`
558 - :hg:`histedit`
559 - :hg:`import`
559 - :hg:`import`
560 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
560 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
561 - :hg:`rebase`
561 - :hg:`rebase`
562 - :hg:`shelve`
562 - :hg:`shelve`
563 - :hg:`sign`
563 - :hg:`sign`
564 - :hg:`tag`
564 - :hg:`tag`
565 - :hg:`transplant`
565 - :hg:`transplant`
566
566
567 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
567 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
568 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
568 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
569 messages for each action.
569 messages for each action.
570
570
571 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
571 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
572 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
572 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
573 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
573 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
574 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
574 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
575 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
575 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
576 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
576 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
577 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
577 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
578 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
578 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
579 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
579 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
580 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
580 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
581 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
581 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
582 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
582 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
583 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
583 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
584 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
584 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
585 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
585 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
586 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
586 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
587 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
587 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
588 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
588 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
589 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
589 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
590 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
590 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
591 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
591 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
592 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
592 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
593 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
593 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
594 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
594 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
595 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
595 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
596 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
596 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
597
597
598 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
598 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
599 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
599 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
600 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
600 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
601 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
601 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
602
602
603 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
603 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
604 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
604 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
605 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
605 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
606 variable.
606 variable.
607
607
608 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
608 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
609 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
609 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
610 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
610 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
611
611
612 [committemplate]
612 [committemplate]
613 listupfiles = {file_adds %
613 listupfiles = {file_adds %
614 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
614 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
615 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
615 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
616 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
616 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
617 "HG: no files changed\n")}
617 "HG: no files changed\n")}
618
618
619 ``decode/encode``
619 ``decode/encode``
620 -----------------
620 -----------------
621
621
622 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
622 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
623 typically be used for newline processing or other
623 typically be used for newline processing or other
624 localization/canonicalization of files.
624 localization/canonicalization of files.
625
625
626 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
626 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
627 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
627 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
628 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
628 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
629 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
629 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
630 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
630 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
631 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
631 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
632
632
633 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
633 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
634 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
634 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
635
635
636 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
636 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
637 data on stdout.
637 data on stdout.
638
638
639 Pipe example::
639 Pipe example::
640
640
641 [encode]
641 [encode]
642 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
642 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
643 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
643 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
644 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
644 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
645
645
646 [decode]
646 [decode]
647 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
647 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
648 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
648 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
649 *.gz = gzip
649 *.gz = gzip
650
650
651 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
651 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
652 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
652 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
653 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
653 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
654 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
654 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
655 the command.
655 the command.
656
656
657 .. container:: windows
657 .. container:: windows
658
658
659 .. note::
659 .. note::
660
660
661 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
661 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
662 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
662 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
663 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
663 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
664
664
665 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
665 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
666 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
666 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
667 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
667 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
668
668
669
669
670 ``defaults``
670 ``defaults``
671 ------------
671 ------------
672
672
673 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
673 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
674
674
675 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
675 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
676 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
676 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
677
677
678 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
678 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
679 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
679 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
680
680
681 [defaults]
681 [defaults]
682 log = -v
682 log = -v
683 status = -m
683 status = -m
684
684
685 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
685 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
686 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
686 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
687 to the aliases of the commands defined.
687 to the aliases of the commands defined.
688
688
689
689
690 ``diff``
690 ``diff``
691 --------
691 --------
692
692
693 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
693 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
694 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
694 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
695 for related options for the annotate command.
695 for related options for the annotate command.
696
696
697 ``git``
697 ``git``
698 Use git extended diff format.
698 Use git extended diff format.
699
699
700 ``nobinary``
700 ``nobinary``
701 Omit git binary patches.
701 Omit git binary patches.
702
702
703 ``nodates``
703 ``nodates``
704 Don't include dates in diff headers.
704 Don't include dates in diff headers.
705
705
706 ``noprefix``
706 ``noprefix``
707 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
707 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
708
708
709 ``showfunc``
709 ``showfunc``
710 Show which function each change is in.
710 Show which function each change is in.
711
711
712 ``ignorews``
712 ``ignorews``
713 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
713 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
714
714
715 ``ignorewsamount``
715 ``ignorewsamount``
716 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
716 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
717
717
718 ``ignoreblanklines``
718 ``ignoreblanklines``
719 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
719 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
720
720
721 ``unified``
721 ``unified``
722 Number of lines of context to show.
722 Number of lines of context to show.
723
723
724 ``word-diff``
724 ``word-diff``
725 Highlight changed words.
725 Highlight changed words.
726
726
727 ``email``
727 ``email``
728 ---------
728 ---------
729
729
730 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
730 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
731
731
732 ``from``
732 ``from``
733 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
733 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
734 of outgoing messages.
734 of outgoing messages.
735
735
736 ``to``
736 ``to``
737 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
737 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
738
738
739 ``cc``
739 ``cc``
740 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
740 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
741 email addresses.
741 email addresses.
742
742
743 ``bcc``
743 ``bcc``
744 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
744 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
745 email addresses.
745 email addresses.
746
746
747 ``method``
747 ``method``
748 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
748 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
749 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
749 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
750 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
750 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
751 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
751 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
752 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
752 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
753 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
753 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
754
754
755 ``charsets``
755 ``charsets``
756 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
756 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
757 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
757 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
758 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
758 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
759 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
759 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
760 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
760 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
761 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
761 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
762 (default: '')
762 (default: '')
763
763
764 Order of outgoing email character sets:
764 Order of outgoing email character sets:
765
765
766 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
766 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
767 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
767 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
768 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
768 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
769 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
769 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
770 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
770 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
771
771
772 Email example::
772 Email example::
773
773
774 [email]
774 [email]
775 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
775 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
776 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
776 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
777 # charsets for western Europeans
777 # charsets for western Europeans
778 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
778 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
779 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
779 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
780
780
781
781
782 ``extensions``
782 ``extensions``
783 --------------
783 --------------
784
784
785 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
785 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
786 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
786 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
787
787
788 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
788 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
789 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
789 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
790 after the ``=``.
790 after the ``=``.
791
791
792 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
792 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
793 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
793 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
794 defines the extension.
794 defines the extension.
795
795
796 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
796 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
797 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
797 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
798 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
798 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
799
799
800 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
800 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
801
801
802 [extensions]
802 [extensions]
803 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
803 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
804 churn =
804 churn =
805 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
805 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
806 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
806 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
807
807
808
808
809 ``format``
809 ``format``
810 ----------
810 ----------
811
811
812 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
812 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
813 powerful but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
813 powerful but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
814 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
814 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
815 for config change to be taken into account.
815 for config change to be taken into account.
816
816
817 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
817 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
818 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
818 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
819
819
820 ``usegeneraldelta``
820 ``usegeneraldelta``
821 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
821 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
822 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
822 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
823 revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
823 revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
824 improvement for repositories with branches.
824 improvement for repositories with branches.
825
825
826 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
826 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
827
827
828 Enabled by default.
828 Enabled by default.
829
829
830 ``dotencode``
830 ``dotencode``
831 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
831 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
832 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
832 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
833 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
833 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
834 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
834 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
835
835
836 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
836 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
837
837
838 Enabled by default.
838 Enabled by default.
839
839
840 ``usefncache``
840 ``usefncache``
841 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
841 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
842 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
842 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
843 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
843 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
844 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
844 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
845
845
846 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
846 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
847
847
848 Enabled by default.
848 Enabled by default.
849
849
850 ``usestore``
850 ``usestore``
851 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
851 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
852 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
852 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
853 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
853 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
854 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
854 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
855
855
856 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
856 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
857
857
858 Enabled by default.
858 Enabled by default.
859
859
860 ``graph``
860 ``graph``
861 ---------
861 ---------
862
862
863 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
863 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
864 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
864 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
865 ``default`` branch stand out.
865 ``default`` branch stand out.
866
866
867 Each line has the following format::
867 Each line has the following format::
868
868
869 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
869 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
870
870
871 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
871 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
872 customized. Example::
872 customized. Example::
873
873
874 [graph]
874 [graph]
875 # 2px width
875 # 2px width
876 default.width = 2
876 default.width = 2
877 # red color
877 # red color
878 default.color = FF0000
878 default.color = FF0000
879
879
880 Supported arguments:
880 Supported arguments:
881
881
882 ``width``
882 ``width``
883 Set branch edges width in pixels.
883 Set branch edges width in pixels.
884
884
885 ``color``
885 ``color``
886 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
886 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
887
887
888 ``hooks``
888 ``hooks``
889 ---------
889 ---------
890
890
891 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
891 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
892 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
892 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
893 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
893 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
894 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
894 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
895 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
895 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
896 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
896 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
897 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
897 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
898
898
899 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
899 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
900
900
901 [hooks]
901 [hooks]
902 # update working directory after adding changesets
902 # update working directory after adding changesets
903 changegroup.update = hg update
903 changegroup.update = hg update
904 # do not use the site-wide hook
904 # do not use the site-wide hook
905 incoming =
905 incoming =
906 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
906 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
907 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
907 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
908 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
908 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
909 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
909 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
910
910
911 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
911 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
912 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
912 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
913 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
913 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
914 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
914 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
915 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
915 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
916 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
916 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
917 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
917 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
918
918
919 .. container:: windows
919 .. container:: windows
920
920
921 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
921 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
922 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
922 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
923 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
923 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
924 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
924 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
925 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
925 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
926 double quotes after processing.
926 double quotes after processing.
927
927
928 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
928 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
929 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
929 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
930
930
931 [hooks]
931 [hooks]
932 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
932 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
933 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
933 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
934 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
934 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
935
935
936 ``changegroup``
936 ``changegroup``
937 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
937 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
938 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
938 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
939 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
939 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
940
940
941 ``commit``
941 ``commit``
942 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
942 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
943 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
943 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
944 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
944 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
945
945
946 ``incoming``
946 ``incoming``
947 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
947 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
948 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
948 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
949 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
949 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
950
950
951 ``outgoing``
951 ``outgoing``
952 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
952 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
953 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
953 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
954 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
954 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
955
955
956 ``post-<command>``
956 ``post-<command>``
957 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
957 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
958 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
958 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
959 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
959 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
960 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
960 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
961 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
961 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
962 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
962 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
963 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
963 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
964
964
965 ``fail-<command>``
965 ``fail-<command>``
966 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
966 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
967 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
967 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
968 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
968 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
969 string representations of the python data internally passed to
969 string representations of the python data internally passed to
970 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
970 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
971 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
971 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
972 Hook failure is ignored.
972 Hook failure is ignored.
973
973
974 ``pre-<command>``
974 ``pre-<command>``
975 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
975 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
976 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
976 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
977 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
977 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
978 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
978 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
979 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
979 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
980 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
980 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
981 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
981 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
982 code.
982 code.
983
983
984 ``prechangegroup``
984 ``prechangegroup``
985 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
985 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
986 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
986 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
987 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
987 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
988 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
988 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
989
989
990 ``precommit``
990 ``precommit``
991 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
991 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
992 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
992 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
993 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
993 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
994
994
995 ``prelistkeys``
995 ``prelistkeys``
996 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
996 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
997 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
997 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
998 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
998 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
999
999
1000 ``preoutgoing``
1000 ``preoutgoing``
1001 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1001 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1002 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1002 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1003 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1003 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1004 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1004 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1005 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1005 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1006 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1006 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1007 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1007 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1008 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1008 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1009
1009
1010 ``prepushkey``
1010 ``prepushkey``
1011 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1011 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1012 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1012 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1013 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1013 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1014 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1014 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1015 ``$HG_NEW``.
1015 ``$HG_NEW``.
1016
1016
1017 ``pretag``
1017 ``pretag``
1018 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1018 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1019 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1019 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1020 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1020 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1021 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1021 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1022
1022
1023 ``pretxnopen``
1023 ``pretxnopen``
1024 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1024 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1025 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1025 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1026 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1026 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1027 transaction from being opened.
1027 transaction from being opened.
1028
1028
1029 ``pretxnclose``
1029 ``pretxnclose``
1030 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1030 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1031 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1031 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1032 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1032 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1033 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1033 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1034 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1034 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1035 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1035 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1036 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1036 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1037 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1037 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1038 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1038 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1039 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1039 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1040 respectively, etc.
1040 respectively, etc.
1041
1041
1042 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1042 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1043 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1043 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1044 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1044 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1045 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1045 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1046 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1046 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1047 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1047 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1048 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1048 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1049 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1049 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1050 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1050 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1051 will be empty.
1051 will be empty.
1052 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1052 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1053 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1053 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1054 ``HG_TXNID``.
1054 ``HG_TXNID``.
1055
1055
1056 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1056 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1057 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1057 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1058 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1058 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1059 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1059 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1060 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1060 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1061 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1061 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1062 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1062 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1063 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1063 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1064 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1064 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1065 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1065 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1066 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1066 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1067 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1067 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1068
1068
1069 ``txnclose``
1069 ``txnclose``
1070 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1070 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1071 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1071 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1072 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1072 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1073 details about available variables.
1073 details about available variables.
1074
1074
1075 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1075 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1076 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1076 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1077 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1077 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1078 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1078 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1079 about available variables.
1079 about available variables.
1080
1080
1081 ``txnclose-phase``
1081 ``txnclose-phase``
1082 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1082 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1083 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1083 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1084 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1084 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1085 available variables.
1085 available variables.
1086
1086
1087 ``txnabort``
1087 ``txnabort``
1088 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1088 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1089 for details about available variables.
1089 for details about available variables.
1090
1090
1091 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1091 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1092 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1092 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1093 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1093 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1094 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1094 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1095 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1095 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1096 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1096 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1097 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1097 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1098 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1098 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1099
1099
1100 ``pretxncommit``
1100 ``pretxncommit``
1101 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1101 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1102 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1102 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1103 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1103 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1104 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1104 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1105 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1105 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1106 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1106 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1107
1107
1108 ``preupdate``
1108 ``preupdate``
1109 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1109 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1110 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1110 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1111 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1111 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1112 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1112 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1113
1113
1114 ``listkeys``
1114 ``listkeys``
1115 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1115 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1116 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1116 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1117 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1117 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1118
1118
1119 ``pushkey``
1119 ``pushkey``
1120 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1120 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1121 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1121 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1122 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1122 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1123 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1123 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1124
1124
1125 ``tag``
1125 ``tag``
1126 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1126 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1127 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1127 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1128 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1128 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1129
1129
1130 ``update``
1130 ``update``
1131 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1131 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1132 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1132 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1133 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1133 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1134 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1134 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1135
1135
1136 .. note::
1136 .. note::
1137
1137
1138 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1138 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1139 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1139 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1140 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1140 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1141 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1141 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1142 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1142 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1143
1143
1144 .. note::
1144 .. note::
1145
1145
1146 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1146 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1147 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1147 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1148 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1148 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1149 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1149 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1150
1150
1151 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1151 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1152
1152
1153 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1153 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1154 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1154 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1155
1155
1156 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1156 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1157 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1157 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1158 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1158 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1159 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1159 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1160 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1160 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1161 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1161 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1162
1162
1163 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1163 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1164 is treated as a failure.
1164 is treated as a failure.
1165
1165
1166
1166
1167 ``hostfingerprints``
1167 ``hostfingerprints``
1168 --------------------
1168 --------------------
1169
1169
1170 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1170 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1171
1171
1172 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1172 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1173
1173
1174 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1174 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1175 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1175 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1176 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1176 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1177
1177
1178 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1178 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1179 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1179 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1180 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1180 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1181 to a new certificate.
1181 to a new certificate.
1182
1182
1183 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1183 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1184
1184
1185 For example::
1185 For example::
1186
1186
1187 [hostfingerprints]
1187 [hostfingerprints]
1188 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1188 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1189 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1189 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1190
1190
1191 ``hostsecurity``
1191 ``hostsecurity``
1192 ----------------
1192 ----------------
1193
1193
1194 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1194 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1195 other machines.
1195 other machines.
1196
1196
1197 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1197 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1198
1198
1199 ``ciphers``
1199 ``ciphers``
1200 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1200 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1201
1201
1202 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1202 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1203 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1203 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1204
1204
1205 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1205 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1206 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1206 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1207 You have been warned.
1207 You have been warned.
1208
1208
1209 This option requires Python 2.7.
1209 This option requires Python 2.7.
1210
1210
1211 ``minimumprotocol``
1211 ``minimumprotocol``
1212 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1212 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1213
1213
1214 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1214 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1215 is used.
1215 is used.
1216
1216
1217 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1217 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1218
1218
1219 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1219 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1220 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1220 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1221
1221
1222 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1222 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1223 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1223 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1224 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1224 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1225 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1225 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1226
1226
1227 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1227 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1228 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1228 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1229 per-host basis.
1229 per-host basis.
1230
1230
1231 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1231 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1232
1232
1233 ``ciphers``
1233 ``ciphers``
1234 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1234 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1235 to the host on which it is defined.
1235 to the host on which it is defined.
1236
1236
1237 ``fingerprints``
1237 ``fingerprints``
1238 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1238 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1239 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1239 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1240 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1240 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1241 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1241 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1242
1242
1243 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1243 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1244 ``sha512``.
1244 ``sha512``.
1245
1245
1246 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1246 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1247
1247
1248 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1248 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1249 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1249 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1250 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1250 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1251 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1251 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1252 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1252 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1253 at the expense of convenience.
1253 at the expense of convenience.
1254
1254
1255 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1255 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1256
1256
1257 ``minimumprotocol``
1257 ``minimumprotocol``
1258 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1258 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1259 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1259 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1260
1260
1261 ``verifycertsfile``
1261 ``verifycertsfile``
1262 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1262 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1263 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1263 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1264 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1264 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1265
1265
1266 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1266 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1267 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1267 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1268 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1268 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1269
1269
1270 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1270 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1271 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1271 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1272 used.
1272 used.
1273
1273
1274 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1274 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1275 is set.
1275 is set.
1276
1276
1277 The format of the file is as follows::
1277 The format of the file is as follows::
1278
1278
1279 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1279 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1280 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1280 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1281 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1281 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1282 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1282 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1283 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1283 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1284 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1284 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1285
1285
1286 For example::
1286 For example::
1287
1287
1288 [hostsecurity]
1288 [hostsecurity]
1289 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1289 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1290 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1290 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1291 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1291 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1292 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1292 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1293
1293
1294 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1294 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1295 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1295 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1296
1296
1297 [hostsecurity]
1297 [hostsecurity]
1298 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1298 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1299 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1299 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1300
1300
1301 ``http_proxy``
1301 ``http_proxy``
1302 --------------
1302 --------------
1303
1303
1304 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1304 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1305 proxy.
1305 proxy.
1306
1306
1307 ``host``
1307 ``host``
1308 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1308 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1309 "myproxy:8000".
1309 "myproxy:8000".
1310
1310
1311 ``no``
1311 ``no``
1312 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1312 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1313 the proxy.
1313 the proxy.
1314
1314
1315 ``passwd``
1315 ``passwd``
1316 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1316 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1317
1317
1318 ``user``
1318 ``user``
1319 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1319 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1320
1320
1321 ``always``
1321 ``always``
1322 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1322 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1323 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1323 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1324
1324
1325 ``http``
1326 ----------
1327
1328 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1329
1330 ``timeout``
1331 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1332 (default: None)
1333
1325 ``merge``
1334 ``merge``
1326 ---------
1335 ---------
1327
1336
1328 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1337 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1329
1338
1330 ``checkignored``
1339 ``checkignored``
1331 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1340 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1332 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1341 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1333 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1342 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1334 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1343 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1335 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1344 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1336 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1345 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1337
1346
1338 ``checkunknown``
1347 ``checkunknown``
1339 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1348 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1340 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1349 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1341 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1350 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1342 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1351 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1343
1352
1344 ``on-failure``
1353 ``on-failure``
1345 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1354 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1346 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1355 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1347 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1356 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1348 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1357 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1349 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1358 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1350 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1359 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1351 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1360 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1352 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1361 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1353 (default: ``continue``)
1362 (default: ``continue``)
1354
1363
1355 ``strict-capability-check``
1364 ``strict-capability-check``
1356 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1365 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1357 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1366 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1358 (default: False)
1367 (default: False)
1359
1368
1360 ``merge-patterns``
1369 ``merge-patterns``
1361 ------------------
1370 ------------------
1362
1371
1363 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1372 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1364 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1373 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1365 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1374 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1366 root.
1375 root.
1367
1376
1368 Example::
1377 Example::
1369
1378
1370 [merge-patterns]
1379 [merge-patterns]
1371 **.c = kdiff3
1380 **.c = kdiff3
1372 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1381 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1373
1382
1374 ``merge-tools``
1383 ``merge-tools``
1375 ---------------
1384 ---------------
1376
1385
1377 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1386 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1378 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1387 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1379 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1388 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1380 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1389 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1381
1390
1382 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1391 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1383
1392
1384 [merge-tools]
1393 [merge-tools]
1385 # Override stock tool location
1394 # Override stock tool location
1386 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1395 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1387 # Specify command line
1396 # Specify command line
1388 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1397 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1389 # Give higher priority
1398 # Give higher priority
1390 kdiff3.priority = 1
1399 kdiff3.priority = 1
1391
1400
1392 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1401 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1393 meld.priority = 0
1402 meld.priority = 0
1394
1403
1395 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1404 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1396 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1405 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1397
1406
1398 # Define new tool
1407 # Define new tool
1399 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1408 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1400 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1409 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1401 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1410 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1402
1411
1403 Supported arguments:
1412 Supported arguments:
1404
1413
1405 ``priority``
1414 ``priority``
1406 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1415 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1407 (default: 0)
1416 (default: 0)
1408
1417
1409 ``executable``
1418 ``executable``
1410 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1419 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1411
1420
1412 .. container:: windows
1421 .. container:: windows
1413
1422
1414 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1423 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1415 syntax.
1424 syntax.
1416
1425
1417 (default: the tool name)
1426 (default: the tool name)
1418
1427
1419 ``args``
1428 ``args``
1420 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1429 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1421 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1430 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1422 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1431 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1423
1432
1424 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1433 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1425 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1434 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1426 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1435 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1427 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1436 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1428 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1437 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1429
1438
1430 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1439 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1431 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1440 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1432 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1441 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1433 respectively.
1442 respectively.
1434 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1443 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1435
1444
1436 ``premerge``
1445 ``premerge``
1437 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1446 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1438 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1447 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1439 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1448 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1440 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1449 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1441 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1450 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1442 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1451 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1443 (default: True)
1452 (default: True)
1444
1453
1445 ``binary``
1454 ``binary``
1446 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1455 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1447 was selected by file pattern match)
1456 was selected by file pattern match)
1448
1457
1449 ``symlink``
1458 ``symlink``
1450 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1459 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1451
1460
1452 ``check``
1461 ``check``
1453 A list of merge success-checking options:
1462 A list of merge success-checking options:
1454
1463
1455 ``changed``
1464 ``changed``
1456 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1465 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1457 ``conflicts``
1466 ``conflicts``
1458 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1467 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1459 ``prompt``
1468 ``prompt``
1460 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1469 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1461
1470
1462 ``fixeol``
1471 ``fixeol``
1463 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1472 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1464 (default: False)
1473 (default: False)
1465
1474
1466 ``gui``
1475 ``gui``
1467 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1476 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1468
1477
1469 ``mergemarkers``
1478 ``mergemarkers``
1470 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1479 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1471 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1480 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1472 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1481 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1473 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1482 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1474 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1483 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1475 (default: ``basic``)
1484 (default: ``basic``)
1476
1485
1477 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1486 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1478 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]``
1487 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]``
1479 section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables
1488 section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables
1480 and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or
1489 and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or
1481 ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more
1490 ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more
1482 information.
1491 information.
1483
1492
1484 .. container:: windows
1493 .. container:: windows
1485
1494
1486 ``regkey``
1495 ``regkey``
1487 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1496 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1488 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1497 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1489 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1498 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1490 (default: None)
1499 (default: None)
1491
1500
1492 ``regkeyalt``
1501 ``regkeyalt``
1493 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1502 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1494 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1503 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1495 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1504 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1496 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1505 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1497 (default: None)
1506 (default: None)
1498
1507
1499 ``regname``
1508 ``regname``
1500 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1509 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1501 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1510 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1502
1511
1503 ``regappend``
1512 ``regappend``
1504 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1513 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1505 the executable name of the tool.
1514 the executable name of the tool.
1506 (default: None)
1515 (default: None)
1507
1516
1508 ``pager``
1517 ``pager``
1509 ---------
1518 ---------
1510
1519
1511 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1520 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1512 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1521 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1513
1522
1514 ``pager``
1523 ``pager``
1515 Define the external tool used as pager.
1524 Define the external tool used as pager.
1516
1525
1517 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1526 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1518 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1527 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1519 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1528 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1520
1529
1521 [pager]
1530 [pager]
1522 pager = less -FRX
1531 pager = less -FRX
1523
1532
1524 ``ignore``
1533 ``ignore``
1525 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1534 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1526
1535
1527 [pager]
1536 [pager]
1528 ignore = version, help, update
1537 ignore = version, help, update
1529
1538
1530 ``patch``
1539 ``patch``
1531 ---------
1540 ---------
1532
1541
1533 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1542 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1534 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1543 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1535
1544
1536 ``eol``
1545 ``eol``
1537 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1546 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1538 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1547 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1539 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1548 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1540 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1549 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1541 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1550 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1542 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1551 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1543 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1552 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1544 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1553 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1545 (default: strict)
1554 (default: strict)
1546
1555
1547 ``fuzz``
1556 ``fuzz``
1548 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1557 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1549 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1558 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1550 trying to apply a patch.
1559 trying to apply a patch.
1551 (default: 2)
1560 (default: 2)
1552
1561
1553 ``paths``
1562 ``paths``
1554 ---------
1563 ---------
1555
1564
1556 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1565 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1557
1566
1558 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1567 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1559 location of the repository. Example::
1568 location of the repository. Example::
1560
1569
1561 [paths]
1570 [paths]
1562 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1571 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1563 local_path = /home/me/repo
1572 local_path = /home/me/repo
1564
1573
1565 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1574 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1566 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1575 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1567 :hg:`push local_path`.
1576 :hg:`push local_path`.
1568
1577
1569 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1578 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1570 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1579 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1571
1580
1572 [paths]
1581 [paths]
1573 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1582 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1574 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1583 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1575
1584
1576 The following sub-options can be defined:
1585 The following sub-options can be defined:
1577
1586
1578 ``pushurl``
1587 ``pushurl``
1579 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1588 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1580 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1589 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1581
1590
1582 ``pushrev``
1591 ``pushrev``
1583 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1592 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1584
1593
1585 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1594 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1586 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1595 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1587
1596
1588 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1597 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1589 revision by default.
1598 revision by default.
1590
1599
1591 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1600 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1592 pushed.
1601 pushed.
1593
1602
1594 The following special named paths exist:
1603 The following special named paths exist:
1595
1604
1596 ``default``
1605 ``default``
1597 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1606 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1598
1607
1599 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1608 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1600 repository was cloned from.
1609 repository was cloned from.
1601
1610
1602 ``default-push``
1611 ``default-push``
1603 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1612 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1604 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1613 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1605
1614
1606 ``phases``
1615 ``phases``
1607 ----------
1616 ----------
1608
1617
1609 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1618 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1610 information about working with phases.
1619 information about working with phases.
1611
1620
1612 ``publish``
1621 ``publish``
1613 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1622 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1614 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1623 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1615 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1624 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1616 (default: True)
1625 (default: True)
1617
1626
1618 ``new-commit``
1627 ``new-commit``
1619 Phase of newly-created commits.
1628 Phase of newly-created commits.
1620 (default: draft)
1629 (default: draft)
1621
1630
1622 ``checksubrepos``
1631 ``checksubrepos``
1623 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1632 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1624 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1633 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1625 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1634 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1626 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1635 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1627 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1636 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1628 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1637 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1629 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1638 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1630 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1639 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1631 (default: follow)
1640 (default: follow)
1632
1641
1633
1642
1634 ``profiling``
1643 ``profiling``
1635 -------------
1644 -------------
1636
1645
1637 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1646 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1638 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1647 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1639 profiler (named ``stat``).
1648 profiler (named ``stat``).
1640
1649
1641 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1650 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1642 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1651 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1643 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1652 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1644
1653
1645 ``enabled``
1654 ``enabled``
1646 Enable the profiler.
1655 Enable the profiler.
1647 (default: false)
1656 (default: false)
1648
1657
1649 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1658 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1650
1659
1651 ``type``
1660 ``type``
1652 The type of profiler to use.
1661 The type of profiler to use.
1653 (default: stat)
1662 (default: stat)
1654
1663
1655 ``ls``
1664 ``ls``
1656 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1665 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1657 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1666 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1658 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1667 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1659 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1668 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1660 ``stat``
1669 ``stat``
1661 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1670 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1662 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1671 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1663 seconds.
1672 seconds.
1664
1673
1665 ``format``
1674 ``format``
1666 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1675 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1667 (default: text)
1676 (default: text)
1668
1677
1669 ``text``
1678 ``text``
1670 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1679 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1671 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1680 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1672 not kept.
1681 not kept.
1673 ``kcachegrind``
1682 ``kcachegrind``
1674 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1683 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1675 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1684 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1676 kcachegrind.
1685 kcachegrind.
1677
1686
1678 ``statformat``
1687 ``statformat``
1679 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1688 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1680 (default: hotpath)
1689 (default: hotpath)
1681
1690
1682 ``hotpath``
1691 ``hotpath``
1683 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1692 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1684 most time was spent).
1693 most time was spent).
1685 ``bymethod``
1694 ``bymethod``
1686 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1695 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1687 ``byline``
1696 ``byline``
1688 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1697 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1689 ``json``
1698 ``json``
1690 Render profiling data as JSON.
1699 Render profiling data as JSON.
1691
1700
1692 ``frequency``
1701 ``frequency``
1693 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1702 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1694 (default: 1000)
1703 (default: 1000)
1695
1704
1696 ``output``
1705 ``output``
1697 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1706 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1698 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1707 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1699 stderr)
1708 stderr)
1700
1709
1701 ``sort``
1710 ``sort``
1702 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1711 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1703 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1712 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1704 ``inlinetime``.
1713 ``inlinetime``.
1705 (default: inlinetime)
1714 (default: inlinetime)
1706
1715
1707 ``time-track``
1716 ``time-track``
1708 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1717 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1709 (default: ``cpu``)
1718 (default: ``cpu``)
1710
1719
1711 ``limit``
1720 ``limit``
1712 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1721 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1713 (default: 30)
1722 (default: 30)
1714
1723
1715 ``nested``
1724 ``nested``
1716 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1725 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1717 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1726 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1718 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1727 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1719 (default: 0)
1728 (default: 0)
1720
1729
1721 ``showmin``
1730 ``showmin``
1722 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1731 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1723 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1732 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1724 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1733 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1725
1734
1726 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1735 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1727
1736
1728 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1737 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1729 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1738 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1730
1739
1731 The option is unused on other formats.
1740 The option is unused on other formats.
1732
1741
1733 ``showmax``
1742 ``showmax``
1734 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1743 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1735 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1744 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1736
1745
1737 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1746 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1738
1747
1739 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1748 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1740
1749
1741 The option is unused on other formats.
1750 The option is unused on other formats.
1742
1751
1743 ``progress``
1752 ``progress``
1744 ------------
1753 ------------
1745
1754
1746 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1755 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1747 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1756 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1748 have a definite end point.
1757 have a definite end point.
1749
1758
1750 ``delay``
1759 ``delay``
1751 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1760 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1752
1761
1753 ``changedelay``
1762 ``changedelay``
1754 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1763 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1755 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1764 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1756
1765
1757 ``estimateinterval``
1766 ``estimateinterval``
1758 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1767 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1759 calculation. (default: 60)
1768 calculation. (default: 60)
1760
1769
1761 ``refresh``
1770 ``refresh``
1762 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1771 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1763
1772
1764 ``format``
1773 ``format``
1765 Format of the progress bar.
1774 Format of the progress bar.
1766
1775
1767 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1776 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1768 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1777 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1769 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1778 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1770 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1779 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1771 first num characters.
1780 first num characters.
1772
1781
1773 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1782 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1774
1783
1775 ``width``
1784 ``width``
1776 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1785 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1777 term width) will be used).
1786 term width) will be used).
1778
1787
1779 ``clear-complete``
1788 ``clear-complete``
1780 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1789 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1781
1790
1782 ``disable``
1791 ``disable``
1783 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1792 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1784
1793
1785 ``assume-tty``
1794 ``assume-tty``
1786 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1795 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1787
1796
1788 ``rebase``
1797 ``rebase``
1789 ----------
1798 ----------
1790
1799
1791 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1800 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1792 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1801 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1793 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1802 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1794
1803
1795 ``revsetalias``
1804 ``revsetalias``
1796 ---------------
1805 ---------------
1797
1806
1798 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1807 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1799
1808
1800 ``storage``
1809 ``storage``
1801 -----------
1810 -----------
1802
1811
1803 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1812 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1804 category impact performance and repository size.
1813 category impact performance and repository size.
1805
1814
1806 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1815 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1807 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1816 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1808 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1817 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1809 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1818 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1810
1819
1811 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1820 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1812 repository with many merges.
1821 repository with many merges.
1813
1822
1814 ``server``
1823 ``server``
1815 ----------
1824 ----------
1816
1825
1817 Controls generic server settings.
1826 Controls generic server settings.
1818
1827
1819 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1828 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1820 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1829 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1821 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1830 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1822
1831
1823 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1832 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1824 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1833 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1825 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1834 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1826
1835
1827 ``compressionengines``
1836 ``compressionengines``
1828 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1837 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1829 to clients.
1838 to clients.
1830
1839
1831 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1840 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1832 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1841 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1833 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1842 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1834
1843
1835 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1844 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1836 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1845 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1837 default wire protocol priority.
1846 default wire protocol priority.
1838
1847
1839 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1848 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1840 has no effect for legacy clients.
1849 has no effect for legacy clients.
1841
1850
1842 ``uncompressed``
1851 ``uncompressed``
1843 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1852 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1844 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1853 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1845 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1854 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1846 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1855 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1847 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1856 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1848 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1857 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1849 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1858 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1850 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
1859 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
1851 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
1860 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
1852 (default: True)
1861 (default: True)
1853
1862
1854 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
1863 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
1855 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
1864 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
1856 changesets. (default: False)
1865 changesets. (default: False)
1857
1866
1858 ``preferuncompressed``
1867 ``preferuncompressed``
1859 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
1868 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
1860 protocol. (default: False)
1869 protocol. (default: False)
1861
1870
1862 ``disablefullbundle``
1871 ``disablefullbundle``
1863 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
1872 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
1864 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
1873 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
1865 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
1874 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
1866 (default: False)
1875 (default: False)
1867
1876
1868 ``streamunbundle``
1877 ``streamunbundle``
1869 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
1878 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
1870 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
1879 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
1871 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
1880 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
1872
1881
1873 ``pullbundle``
1882 ``pullbundle``
1874 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
1883 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
1875 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
1884 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
1876 entry will be streamed to the client.
1885 entry will be streamed to the client.
1877
1886
1878 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
1887 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
1879 for older clients.
1888 for older clients.
1880
1889
1881 ``concurrent-push-mode``
1890 ``concurrent-push-mode``
1882 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
1891 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
1883
1892
1884 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
1893 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
1885 while the push was preparing. (default)
1894 while the push was preparing. (default)
1886 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
1895 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
1887 affected while the push was preparing.
1896 affected while the push was preparing.
1888
1897
1889 This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will
1898 This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will
1890 use 'strict'.
1899 use 'strict'.
1891
1900
1892 ``validate``
1901 ``validate``
1893 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
1902 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
1894 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
1903 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
1895 present. (default: False)
1904 present. (default: False)
1896
1905
1897 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
1906 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
1898 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
1907 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
1899 many bytes. (default: 1024)
1908 many bytes. (default: 1024)
1900
1909
1901 ``bundle1``
1910 ``bundle1``
1902 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
1911 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
1903 exchange format. (default: True)
1912 exchange format. (default: True)
1904
1913
1905 ``bundle1gd``
1914 ``bundle1gd``
1906 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
1915 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
1907 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1916 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1908
1917
1909 ``bundle1.push``
1918 ``bundle1.push``
1910 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1919 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1911 format. (default: True)
1920 format. (default: True)
1912
1921
1913 ``bundle1gd.push``
1922 ``bundle1gd.push``
1914 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
1923 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
1915 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1924 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1916
1925
1917 ``bundle1.pull``
1926 ``bundle1.pull``
1918 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1927 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1919 format. (default: True)
1928 format. (default: True)
1920
1929
1921 ``bundle1gd.pull``
1930 ``bundle1gd.pull``
1922 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
1931 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
1923 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1932 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1924
1933
1925 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
1934 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
1926 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
1935 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
1927 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
1936 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
1928 format can consume a lot of CPU.
1937 format can consume a lot of CPU.
1929
1938
1930 ``bundle2.stream``
1939 ``bundle2.stream``
1931 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
1940 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
1932 (default: True)
1941 (default: True)
1933
1942
1934 ``zliblevel``
1943 ``zliblevel``
1935 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
1944 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
1936 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
1945 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
1937 commands that send repository history data).
1946 commands that send repository history data).
1938
1947
1939 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
1948 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
1940 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
1949 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
1941 maximum compression.
1950 maximum compression.
1942
1951
1943 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
1952 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
1944 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
1953 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
1945 but sends more bytes to clients.
1954 but sends more bytes to clients.
1946
1955
1947 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1956 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1948
1957
1949 ``zstdlevel``
1958 ``zstdlevel``
1950 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
1959 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
1951 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
1960 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
1952 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
1961 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
1953
1962
1954 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
1963 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
1955 delivering better compression ratios.
1964 delivering better compression ratios.
1956
1965
1957 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1966 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1958
1967
1959 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
1968 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
1960
1969
1961 ``smtp``
1970 ``smtp``
1962 --------
1971 --------
1963
1972
1964 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
1973 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
1965
1974
1966 ``host``
1975 ``host``
1967 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
1976 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
1968
1977
1969 ``port``
1978 ``port``
1970 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
1979 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
1971 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
1980 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
1972
1981
1973 ``tls``
1982 ``tls``
1974 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
1983 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
1975 smtps or none. (default: none)
1984 smtps or none. (default: none)
1976
1985
1977 ``username``
1986 ``username``
1978 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
1987 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
1979 (default: None)
1988 (default: None)
1980
1989
1981 ``password``
1990 ``password``
1982 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
1991 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
1983 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
1992 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
1984 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
1993 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
1985
1994
1986 ``local_hostname``
1995 ``local_hostname``
1987 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
1996 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
1988 itself to the MTA.
1997 itself to the MTA.
1989
1998
1990
1999
1991 ``subpaths``
2000 ``subpaths``
1992 ------------
2001 ------------
1993
2002
1994 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2003 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
1995 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2004 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
1996 rewrite rules of the form::
2005 rewrite rules of the form::
1997
2006
1998 <pattern> = <replacement>
2007 <pattern> = <replacement>
1999
2008
2000 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2009 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2001 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2010 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2002 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2011 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2003 ``replacements``. For instance::
2012 ``replacements``. For instance::
2004
2013
2005 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2014 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2006
2015
2007 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2016 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2008
2017
2009 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2018 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2010 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2019 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2011 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2020 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2012 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2021 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2013
2022
2014 ``subrepos``
2023 ``subrepos``
2015 ------------
2024 ------------
2016
2025
2017 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2026 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2018 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2027 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2019
2028
2020 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2029 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2021 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2030 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2022 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2031 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2023 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2032 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2024 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2033 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2025 the respective options below.
2034 the respective options below.
2026
2035
2027 ``allowed``
2036 ``allowed``
2028 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2037 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2029
2038
2030 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2039 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2031 will fail for all subrepository types.
2040 will fail for all subrepository types.
2032 (default: true)
2041 (default: true)
2033
2042
2034 ``hg:allowed``
2043 ``hg:allowed``
2035 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2044 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2036 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2045 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2037 is true.
2046 is true.
2038 (default: true)
2047 (default: true)
2039
2048
2040 ``git:allowed``
2049 ``git:allowed``
2041 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2050 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2042 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2051 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2043
2052
2044 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2053 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2045 (default: false)
2054 (default: false)
2046
2055
2047 ``svn:allowed``
2056 ``svn:allowed``
2048 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2057 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2049 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2058 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2050 is true.
2059 is true.
2051
2060
2052 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2061 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2053 (default: false)
2062 (default: false)
2054
2063
2055 ``templatealias``
2064 ``templatealias``
2056 -----------------
2065 -----------------
2057
2066
2058 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2067 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2059
2068
2060 ``templates``
2069 ``templates``
2061 -------------
2070 -------------
2062
2071
2063 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2072 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2064 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2073 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2065
2074
2066 ``trusted``
2075 ``trusted``
2067 -----------
2076 -----------
2068
2077
2069 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2078 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2070 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2079 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2071 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2080 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2072 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2081 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2073 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2082 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2074 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2083 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2075 section.
2084 section.
2076
2085
2077 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2086 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2078 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2087 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2079 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2088 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2080 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2089 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2081 user or service running Mercurial.
2090 user or service running Mercurial.
2082
2091
2083 ``users``
2092 ``users``
2084 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2093 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2085
2094
2086 ``groups``
2095 ``groups``
2087 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2096 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2088
2097
2089
2098
2090 ``ui``
2099 ``ui``
2091 ------
2100 ------
2092
2101
2093 User interface controls.
2102 User interface controls.
2094
2103
2095 ``archivemeta``
2104 ``archivemeta``
2096 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2105 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2097 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2106 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2098 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2107 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2099 (default: True)
2108 (default: True)
2100
2109
2101 ``askusername``
2110 ``askusername``
2102 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2111 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2103 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2112 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2104 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2113 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2105 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2114 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2106 (default: False)
2115 (default: False)
2107
2116
2108 ``clonebundles``
2117 ``clonebundles``
2109 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2118 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2110
2119
2111 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2120 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2112 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2121 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2113
2122
2114 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2123 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2115
2124
2116 (default: True)
2125 (default: True)
2117
2126
2118 ``clonebundlefallback``
2127 ``clonebundlefallback``
2119 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2128 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2120 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2129 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2121
2130
2122 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2131 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2123 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2132 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2124 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2133 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2125 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2134 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2126 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2135 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2127 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2136 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2128 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2137 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2129 fails.
2138 fails.
2130
2139
2131 (default: False)
2140 (default: False)
2132
2141
2133 ``clonebundleprefers``
2142 ``clonebundleprefers``
2134 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2143 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2135
2144
2136 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2145 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2137 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2146 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2138 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2147 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2139 bundle over another.
2148 bundle over another.
2140
2149
2141 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2150 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2142
2151
2143 BUNDLESPEC
2152 BUNDLESPEC
2144 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2153 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2145 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2154 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2146
2155
2147 COMPRESSION
2156 COMPRESSION
2148 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2157 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2149
2158
2150 Server operators may define custom keys.
2159 Server operators may define custom keys.
2151
2160
2152 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2161 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2153 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2162 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2154
2163
2155 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2164 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2156
2165
2157 ``color``
2166 ``color``
2158 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2167 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2159 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2168 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2160 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2169 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2161
2170
2162 ``commitsubrepos``
2171 ``commitsubrepos``
2163 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2172 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2164 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2173 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2165 changes, abort the commit.
2174 changes, abort the commit.
2166 (default: False)
2175 (default: False)
2167
2176
2168 ``debug``
2177 ``debug``
2169 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2178 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2170
2179
2171 ``editor``
2180 ``editor``
2172 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2181 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2173
2182
2174 ``fallbackencoding``
2183 ``fallbackencoding``
2175 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2184 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2176 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2185 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2177
2186
2178 ``graphnodetemplate``
2187 ``graphnodetemplate``
2179 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2188 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2180 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2189 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2181
2190
2182 ``ignore``
2191 ``ignore``
2183 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2192 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2184 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2193 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2185 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2194 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2186 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2195 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2187 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2196 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2188 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2197 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2189
2198
2190 ``interactive``
2199 ``interactive``
2191 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2200 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2192
2201
2193 ``interface``
2202 ``interface``
2194 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2203 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2195 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2204 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2196
2205
2197 ``interface.chunkselector``
2206 ``interface.chunkselector``
2198 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2207 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2199 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2208 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2200 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2209 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2201
2210
2202 ``large-file-limit``
2211 ``large-file-limit``
2203 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2212 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2204 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2213 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2205 (default: 10000000)
2214 (default: 10000000)
2206
2215
2207 ``logtemplate``
2216 ``logtemplate``
2208 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2217 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2209
2218
2210 ``merge``
2219 ``merge``
2211 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2220 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2212 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2221 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2213 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2222 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2214
2223
2215 ``mergemarkers``
2224 ``mergemarkers``
2216 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
2225 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
2217 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
2226 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
2218 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2227 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2219 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2228 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2220 (default: ``basic``)
2229 (default: ``basic``)
2221
2230
2222 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2231 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2223 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2232 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2224 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2233 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2225 format.
2234 format.
2226
2235
2227 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2236 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2228 the first line of the commit description.
2237 the first line of the commit description.
2229
2238
2230 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2239 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2231 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2240 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2232 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2241 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2233 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2242 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2234 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2243 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2235 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2244 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2236 serious problems may occur.
2245 serious problems may occur.
2237
2246
2238 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2247 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2239
2248
2240 ``origbackuppath``
2249 ``origbackuppath``
2241 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2250 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2242 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2251 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2243 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2252 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2244 suffix.
2253 suffix.
2245
2254
2246 ``paginate``
2255 ``paginate``
2247 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2256 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2248 for details.
2257 for details.
2249
2258
2250 ``patch``
2259 ``patch``
2251 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2260 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2252 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2261 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2253 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2262 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2254 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2263 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2255 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2264 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2256 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2265 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2257 from stdin.
2266 from stdin.
2258
2267
2259 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2268 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2260 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2269 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2261 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2270 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2262
2271
2263 ``portablefilenames``
2272 ``portablefilenames``
2264 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2273 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2265 (default: ``warn``)
2274 (default: ``warn``)
2266
2275
2267 ``warn``
2276 ``warn``
2268 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2277 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2269 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2278 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2270 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2279 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2271 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2280 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2272 file).
2281 file).
2273
2282
2274 ``ignore``
2283 ``ignore``
2275 Don't print a warning.
2284 Don't print a warning.
2276
2285
2277 ``abort``
2286 ``abort``
2278 The command is aborted.
2287 The command is aborted.
2279
2288
2280 ``true``
2289 ``true``
2281 Alias for ``warn``.
2290 Alias for ``warn``.
2282
2291
2283 ``false``
2292 ``false``
2284 Alias for ``ignore``.
2293 Alias for ``ignore``.
2285
2294
2286 .. container:: windows
2295 .. container:: windows
2287
2296
2288 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2297 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2289
2298
2290 ``quiet``
2299 ``quiet``
2291 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2300 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2292 (default: False)
2301 (default: False)
2293
2302
2294 ``remotecmd``
2303 ``remotecmd``
2295 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2304 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2296 (default: ``hg``)
2305 (default: ``hg``)
2297
2306
2298 ``report_untrusted``
2307 ``report_untrusted``
2299 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2308 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2300 trusted user or group.
2309 trusted user or group.
2301 (default: True)
2310 (default: True)
2302
2311
2303 ``slash``
2312 ``slash``
2304 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2313 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2305
2314
2306 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2315 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2307 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2316 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2308 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2317 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2309 backslash character (``\``)).
2318 backslash character (``\``)).
2310 (default: False)
2319 (default: False)
2311
2320
2312 ``statuscopies``
2321 ``statuscopies``
2313 Display copies in the status command.
2322 Display copies in the status command.
2314
2323
2315 ``ssh``
2324 ``ssh``
2316 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2325 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2317
2326
2318 ``ssherrorhint``
2327 ``ssherrorhint``
2319 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2328 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2320 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2329 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2321
2330
2322 ``strict``
2331 ``strict``
2323 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2332 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2324 abbreviations. (default: False)
2333 abbreviations. (default: False)
2325
2334
2326 ``style``
2335 ``style``
2327 Name of style to use for command output.
2336 Name of style to use for command output.
2328
2337
2329 ``supportcontact``
2338 ``supportcontact``
2330 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2339 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2331 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2340 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2332 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2341 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2333
2342
2334 ``textwidth``
2343 ``textwidth``
2335 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2344 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2336 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2345 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2337 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2346 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2338 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2347 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2339 used. (default: 78)
2348 used. (default: 78)
2340
2349
2341 ``timeout``
2350 ``timeout``
2342 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2351 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2343 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2352 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2344
2353
2345 ``timeout.warn``
2354 ``timeout.warn``
2346 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2355 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2347 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2356 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2348
2357
2349 ``traceback``
2358 ``traceback``
2350 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2359 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2351 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2360 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2352 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2361 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2353 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2362 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2354
2363
2355 ``tweakdefaults``
2364 ``tweakdefaults``
2356
2365
2357 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2366 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2358 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2367 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2359 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2368 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2360 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2369 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2361 effect if ``HGPLAIN` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2370 effect if ``HGPLAIN` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2362 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2371 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2363
2372
2364 ``username``
2373 ``username``
2365 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2374 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2366 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2375 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2367 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2376 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2368 username are expanded.
2377 username are expanded.
2369
2378
2370 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2379 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2371 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2380 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2372 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2381 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2373 hgrc file)
2382 hgrc file)
2374
2383
2375 ``verbose``
2384 ``verbose``
2376 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2385 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2377
2386
2378
2387
2379 ``web``
2388 ``web``
2380 -------
2389 -------
2381
2390
2382 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2391 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2383 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2392 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2384 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2393 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2385 and WSGI).
2394 and WSGI).
2386
2395
2387 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2396 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2388 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2397 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2389 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2398 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2390 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2399 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2391 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2400 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2392 checks.
2401 checks.
2393
2402
2394 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2403 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2395 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2404 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2396 command line::
2405 command line::
2397
2406
2398 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2407 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2399
2408
2400 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2409 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2401 that this should not be used for public servers.
2410 that this should not be used for public servers.
2402
2411
2403 The full set of options is:
2412 The full set of options is:
2404
2413
2405 ``accesslog``
2414 ``accesslog``
2406 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2415 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2407
2416
2408 ``address``
2417 ``address``
2409 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2418 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2410
2419
2411 ``allow-archive``
2420 ``allow-archive``
2412 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2421 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2413 (default: empty)
2422 (default: empty)
2414
2423
2415 ``allowbz2``
2424 ``allowbz2``
2416 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2425 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2417 revisions.
2426 revisions.
2418 (default: False)
2427 (default: False)
2419
2428
2420 ``allowgz``
2429 ``allowgz``
2421 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2430 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2422 revisions.
2431 revisions.
2423 (default: False)
2432 (default: False)
2424
2433
2425 ``allow-pull``
2434 ``allow-pull``
2426 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2435 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2427
2436
2428 ``allow-push``
2437 ``allow-push``
2429 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2438 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2430 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2439 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2431 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2440 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2432 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2441 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2433 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2442 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2434 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2443 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2435
2444
2436 ``allow_read``
2445 ``allow_read``
2437 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2446 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2438 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2447 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2439 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2448 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2440 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2449 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2441 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2450 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2442 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2451 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2443 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2452 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2444 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2453 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2445 examined after the deny_read list.
2454 examined after the deny_read list.
2446
2455
2447 ``allowzip``
2456 ``allowzip``
2448 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2457 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2449 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2458 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2450 (default: False)
2459 (default: False)
2451
2460
2452 ``archivesubrepos``
2461 ``archivesubrepos``
2453 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2462 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2454 (default: False)
2463 (default: False)
2455
2464
2456 ``baseurl``
2465 ``baseurl``
2457 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2466 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2458 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2467 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2459 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2468 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2460
2469
2461 ``cacerts``
2470 ``cacerts``
2462 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2471 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2463 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2472 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2464 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2473 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2465 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2474 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2466 with these certificates.
2475 with these certificates.
2467
2476
2468 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2477 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2469 command line.
2478 command line.
2470
2479
2471 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2480 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2472 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2481 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2473 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2482 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2474 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2483 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2475
2484
2476 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2485 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2477 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2486 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2478 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2487 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2479 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2488 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2480 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2489 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2481 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2490 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2482
2491
2483 ``cache``
2492 ``cache``
2484 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2493 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2485
2494
2486 ``certificate``
2495 ``certificate``
2487 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2496 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2488
2497
2489 ``collapse``
2498 ``collapse``
2490 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2499 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2491 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2500 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2492 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2501 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2493 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2502 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2494 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2503 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2495 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2504 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2496 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2505 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2497
2506
2498 ``comparisoncontext``
2507 ``comparisoncontext``
2499 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2508 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2500 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2509 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2501
2510
2502 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2511 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2503 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2512 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2504
2513
2505 ``contact``
2514 ``contact``
2506 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2515 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2507 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2516 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2508
2517
2509 ``csp``
2518 ``csp``
2510 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2519 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2511
2520
2512 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2521 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2513 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2522 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2514 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2523 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2515 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2524 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2516 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2525 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2517
2526
2518 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2527 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2519 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2528 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2520 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2529 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2521 threat model.
2530 threat model.
2522
2531
2523 ``deny_push``
2532 ``deny_push``
2524 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2533 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2525 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2534 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2526 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2535 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2527 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2536 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2528 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2537 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2529
2538
2530 ``deny_read``
2539 ``deny_read``
2531 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2540 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2532 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2541 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2533 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2542 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2534 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2543 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2535 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2544 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2536 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2545 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2537 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2546 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2538 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2547 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2539 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2548 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2540 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2549 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2541 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2550 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2542 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2551 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2543 list.
2552 list.
2544
2553
2545 ``descend``
2554 ``descend``
2546 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2555 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2547 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2556 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2548 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2557 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2549
2558
2550 ``description``
2559 ``description``
2551 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2560 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2552 (default: "unknown")
2561 (default: "unknown")
2553
2562
2554 ``encoding``
2563 ``encoding``
2555 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2564 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2556 Example: "UTF-8".
2565 Example: "UTF-8".
2557
2566
2558 ``errorlog``
2567 ``errorlog``
2559 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2568 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2560
2569
2561 ``guessmime``
2570 ``guessmime``
2562 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2571 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2563 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2572 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2564 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2573 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2565 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2574 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2566 repositories. (default: False)
2575 repositories. (default: False)
2567
2576
2568 ``hidden``
2577 ``hidden``
2569 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2578 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2570 (default: False)
2579 (default: False)
2571
2580
2572 ``ipv6``
2581 ``ipv6``
2573 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2582 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2574
2583
2575 ``labels``
2584 ``labels``
2576 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2585 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2577
2586
2578 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2587 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2579 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2588 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2580 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2589 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2581 if a specific label is present.
2590 if a specific label is present.
2582
2591
2583 ``logoimg``
2592 ``logoimg``
2584 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2593 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2585 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2594 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2586 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2595 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2587 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2596 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2588
2597
2589 ``logourl``
2598 ``logourl``
2590 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2599 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2591 will be used.
2600 will be used.
2592
2601
2593 ``maxchanges``
2602 ``maxchanges``
2594 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2603 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2595
2604
2596 ``maxfiles``
2605 ``maxfiles``
2597 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2606 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2598
2607
2599 ``maxshortchanges``
2608 ``maxshortchanges``
2600 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2609 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2601 pages. (default: 60)
2610 pages. (default: 60)
2602
2611
2603 ``name``
2612 ``name``
2604 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2613 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2605 (default: current working directory)
2614 (default: current working directory)
2606
2615
2607 ``port``
2616 ``port``
2608 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2617 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2609
2618
2610 ``prefix``
2619 ``prefix``
2611 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2620 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2612
2621
2613 ``push_ssl``
2622 ``push_ssl``
2614 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2623 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2615 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2624 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2616
2625
2617 ``refreshinterval``
2626 ``refreshinterval``
2618 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2627 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2619 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2628 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2620 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2629 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2621 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2630 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2622
2631
2623 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2632 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2624 (default: 20)
2633 (default: 20)
2625
2634
2626 ``server-header``
2635 ``server-header``
2627 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2636 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2628
2637
2629 ``static``
2638 ``static``
2630 Directory where static files are served from.
2639 Directory where static files are served from.
2631
2640
2632 ``staticurl``
2641 ``staticurl``
2633 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2642 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2634 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2643 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2635 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2644 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2636 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2645 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2637
2646
2638 ``stripes``
2647 ``stripes``
2639 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2648 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2640 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2649 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2641
2650
2642 ``style``
2651 ``style``
2643 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2652 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2644 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2653 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2645 Example: ``monoblue``.
2654 Example: ``monoblue``.
2646
2655
2647 ``templates``
2656 ``templates``
2648 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2657 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2649 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2658 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2650
2659
2651 ``websub``
2660 ``websub``
2652 ----------
2661 ----------
2653
2662
2654 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2663 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2655 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2664 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2656 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2665 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2657
2666
2658 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2667 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2659 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2668 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2660 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2669 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2661 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2670 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2662
2671
2663 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2672 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2664 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2673 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2665 HTML (see the examples below).
2674 HTML (see the examples below).
2666
2675
2667 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2676 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2668 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2677 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2669 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2678 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2670 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2679 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2671
2680
2672 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2681 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2673
2682
2674 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2683 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2675 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2684 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2676
2685
2677 Examples::
2686 Examples::
2678
2687
2679 [websub]
2688 [websub]
2680 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2689 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2681 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2690 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2682 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2691 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2683
2692
2684 ``worker``
2693 ``worker``
2685 ----------
2694 ----------
2686
2695
2687 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2696 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2688 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2697 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2689 helps performance.
2698 helps performance.
2690
2699
2691 ``enabled``
2700 ``enabled``
2692 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2701 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2693 (default: true)
2702 (default: true)
2694
2703
2695 ``numcpus``
2704 ``numcpus``
2696 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2705 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2697 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2706 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2698 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2707 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2699
2708
2700 ``backgroundclose``
2709 ``backgroundclose``
2701 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2710 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2702 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2711 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2703 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2712 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2704 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2713 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2705 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2714 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2706
2715
2707 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2716 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2708 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2717 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2709 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2718 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2710 threads.
2719 threads.
2711 (default: 2048)
2720 (default: 2048)
2712
2721
2713 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2722 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2714 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2723 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2715 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2724 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2716 enabled.
2725 enabled.
2717 (default: 384)
2726 (default: 384)
2718
2727
2719 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2728 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2720 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2729 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2721 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2730 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2722 (default: 4)
2731 (default: 4)
@@ -1,805 +1,806 b''
1 # This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
1 # This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
2 # modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
2 # modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
3 # License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
3 # License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
4 # version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
4 # version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
5 #
5 #
6 # This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
6 # This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
7 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
7 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
8 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
8 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
9 # Lesser General Public License for more details.
9 # Lesser General Public License for more details.
10 #
10 #
11 # You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
11 # You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
12 # License along with this library; if not, see
12 # License along with this library; if not, see
13 # <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
13 # <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
14
14
15 # This file is part of urlgrabber, a high-level cross-protocol url-grabber
15 # This file is part of urlgrabber, a high-level cross-protocol url-grabber
16 # Copyright 2002-2004 Michael D. Stenner, Ryan Tomayko
16 # Copyright 2002-2004 Michael D. Stenner, Ryan Tomayko
17
17
18 # Modified by Benoit Boissinot:
18 # Modified by Benoit Boissinot:
19 # - fix for digest auth (inspired from urllib2.py @ Python v2.4)
19 # - fix for digest auth (inspired from urllib2.py @ Python v2.4)
20 # Modified by Dirkjan Ochtman:
20 # Modified by Dirkjan Ochtman:
21 # - import md5 function from a local util module
21 # - import md5 function from a local util module
22 # Modified by Augie Fackler:
22 # Modified by Augie Fackler:
23 # - add safesend method and use it to prevent broken pipe errors
23 # - add safesend method and use it to prevent broken pipe errors
24 # on large POST requests
24 # on large POST requests
25
25
26 """An HTTP handler for urllib2 that supports HTTP 1.1 and keepalive.
26 """An HTTP handler for urllib2 that supports HTTP 1.1 and keepalive.
27
27
28 >>> import urllib2
28 >>> import urllib2
29 >>> from keepalive import HTTPHandler
29 >>> from keepalive import HTTPHandler
30 >>> keepalive_handler = HTTPHandler()
30 >>> keepalive_handler = HTTPHandler()
31 >>> opener = urlreq.buildopener(keepalive_handler)
31 >>> opener = urlreq.buildopener(keepalive_handler)
32 >>> urlreq.installopener(opener)
32 >>> urlreq.installopener(opener)
33 >>>
33 >>>
34 >>> fo = urlreq.urlopen('http://www.python.org')
34 >>> fo = urlreq.urlopen('http://www.python.org')
35
35
36 If a connection to a given host is requested, and all of the existing
36 If a connection to a given host is requested, and all of the existing
37 connections are still in use, another connection will be opened. If
37 connections are still in use, another connection will be opened. If
38 the handler tries to use an existing connection but it fails in some
38 the handler tries to use an existing connection but it fails in some
39 way, it will be closed and removed from the pool.
39 way, it will be closed and removed from the pool.
40
40
41 To remove the handler, simply re-run build_opener with no arguments, and
41 To remove the handler, simply re-run build_opener with no arguments, and
42 install that opener.
42 install that opener.
43
43
44 You can explicitly close connections by using the close_connection()
44 You can explicitly close connections by using the close_connection()
45 method of the returned file-like object (described below) or you can
45 method of the returned file-like object (described below) or you can
46 use the handler methods:
46 use the handler methods:
47
47
48 close_connection(host)
48 close_connection(host)
49 close_all()
49 close_all()
50 open_connections()
50 open_connections()
51
51
52 NOTE: using the close_connection and close_all methods of the handler
52 NOTE: using the close_connection and close_all methods of the handler
53 should be done with care when using multiple threads.
53 should be done with care when using multiple threads.
54 * there is nothing that prevents another thread from creating new
54 * there is nothing that prevents another thread from creating new
55 connections immediately after connections are closed
55 connections immediately after connections are closed
56 * no checks are done to prevent in-use connections from being closed
56 * no checks are done to prevent in-use connections from being closed
57
57
58 >>> keepalive_handler.close_all()
58 >>> keepalive_handler.close_all()
59
59
60 EXTRA ATTRIBUTES AND METHODS
60 EXTRA ATTRIBUTES AND METHODS
61
61
62 Upon a status of 200, the object returned has a few additional
62 Upon a status of 200, the object returned has a few additional
63 attributes and methods, which should not be used if you want to
63 attributes and methods, which should not be used if you want to
64 remain consistent with the normal urllib2-returned objects:
64 remain consistent with the normal urllib2-returned objects:
65
65
66 close_connection() - close the connection to the host
66 close_connection() - close the connection to the host
67 readlines() - you know, readlines()
67 readlines() - you know, readlines()
68 status - the return status (i.e. 404)
68 status - the return status (i.e. 404)
69 reason - english translation of status (i.e. 'File not found')
69 reason - english translation of status (i.e. 'File not found')
70
70
71 If you want the best of both worlds, use this inside an
71 If you want the best of both worlds, use this inside an
72 AttributeError-catching try:
72 AttributeError-catching try:
73
73
74 >>> try: status = fo.status
74 >>> try: status = fo.status
75 >>> except AttributeError: status = None
75 >>> except AttributeError: status = None
76
76
77 Unfortunately, these are ONLY there if status == 200, so it's not
77 Unfortunately, these are ONLY there if status == 200, so it's not
78 easy to distinguish between non-200 responses. The reason is that
78 easy to distinguish between non-200 responses. The reason is that
79 urllib2 tries to do clever things with error codes 301, 302, 401,
79 urllib2 tries to do clever things with error codes 301, 302, 401,
80 and 407, and it wraps the object upon return.
80 and 407, and it wraps the object upon return.
81 """
81 """
82
82
83 # $Id: keepalive.py,v 1.14 2006/04/04 21:00:32 mstenner Exp $
83 # $Id: keepalive.py,v 1.14 2006/04/04 21:00:32 mstenner Exp $
84
84
85 from __future__ import absolute_import, print_function
85 from __future__ import absolute_import, print_function
86
86
87 import errno
87 import errno
88 import hashlib
88 import hashlib
89 import socket
89 import socket
90 import sys
90 import sys
91 import threading
91 import threading
92
92
93 from .i18n import _
93 from .i18n import _
94 from . import (
94 from . import (
95 node,
95 node,
96 pycompat,
96 pycompat,
97 urllibcompat,
97 urllibcompat,
98 util,
98 util,
99 )
99 )
100 from .utils import (
100 from .utils import (
101 procutil,
101 procutil,
102 )
102 )
103
103
104 httplib = util.httplib
104 httplib = util.httplib
105 urlerr = util.urlerr
105 urlerr = util.urlerr
106 urlreq = util.urlreq
106 urlreq = util.urlreq
107
107
108 DEBUG = None
108 DEBUG = None
109
109
110 class ConnectionManager(object):
110 class ConnectionManager(object):
111 """
111 """
112 The connection manager must be able to:
112 The connection manager must be able to:
113 * keep track of all existing
113 * keep track of all existing
114 """
114 """
115 def __init__(self):
115 def __init__(self):
116 self._lock = threading.Lock()
116 self._lock = threading.Lock()
117 self._hostmap = {} # map hosts to a list of connections
117 self._hostmap = {} # map hosts to a list of connections
118 self._connmap = {} # map connections to host
118 self._connmap = {} # map connections to host
119 self._readymap = {} # map connection to ready state
119 self._readymap = {} # map connection to ready state
120
120
121 def add(self, host, connection, ready):
121 def add(self, host, connection, ready):
122 self._lock.acquire()
122 self._lock.acquire()
123 try:
123 try:
124 if host not in self._hostmap:
124 if host not in self._hostmap:
125 self._hostmap[host] = []
125 self._hostmap[host] = []
126 self._hostmap[host].append(connection)
126 self._hostmap[host].append(connection)
127 self._connmap[connection] = host
127 self._connmap[connection] = host
128 self._readymap[connection] = ready
128 self._readymap[connection] = ready
129 finally:
129 finally:
130 self._lock.release()
130 self._lock.release()
131
131
132 def remove(self, connection):
132 def remove(self, connection):
133 self._lock.acquire()
133 self._lock.acquire()
134 try:
134 try:
135 try:
135 try:
136 host = self._connmap[connection]
136 host = self._connmap[connection]
137 except KeyError:
137 except KeyError:
138 pass
138 pass
139 else:
139 else:
140 del self._connmap[connection]
140 del self._connmap[connection]
141 del self._readymap[connection]
141 del self._readymap[connection]
142 self._hostmap[host].remove(connection)
142 self._hostmap[host].remove(connection)
143 if not self._hostmap[host]:
143 if not self._hostmap[host]:
144 del self._hostmap[host]
144 del self._hostmap[host]
145 finally:
145 finally:
146 self._lock.release()
146 self._lock.release()
147
147
148 def set_ready(self, connection, ready):
148 def set_ready(self, connection, ready):
149 try:
149 try:
150 self._readymap[connection] = ready
150 self._readymap[connection] = ready
151 except KeyError:
151 except KeyError:
152 pass
152 pass
153
153
154 def get_ready_conn(self, host):
154 def get_ready_conn(self, host):
155 conn = None
155 conn = None
156 self._lock.acquire()
156 self._lock.acquire()
157 try:
157 try:
158 if host in self._hostmap:
158 if host in self._hostmap:
159 for c in self._hostmap[host]:
159 for c in self._hostmap[host]:
160 if self._readymap[c]:
160 if self._readymap[c]:
161 self._readymap[c] = 0
161 self._readymap[c] = 0
162 conn = c
162 conn = c
163 break
163 break
164 finally:
164 finally:
165 self._lock.release()
165 self._lock.release()
166 return conn
166 return conn
167
167
168 def get_all(self, host=None):
168 def get_all(self, host=None):
169 if host:
169 if host:
170 return list(self._hostmap.get(host, []))
170 return list(self._hostmap.get(host, []))
171 else:
171 else:
172 return dict(self._hostmap)
172 return dict(self._hostmap)
173
173
174 class KeepAliveHandler(object):
174 class KeepAliveHandler(object):
175 def __init__(self):
175 def __init__(self, timeout=None):
176 self._cm = ConnectionManager()
176 self._cm = ConnectionManager()
177 self._timeout = timeout
177 self.requestscount = 0
178 self.requestscount = 0
178 self.sentbytescount = 0
179 self.sentbytescount = 0
179
180
180 #### Connection Management
181 #### Connection Management
181 def open_connections(self):
182 def open_connections(self):
182 """return a list of connected hosts and the number of connections
183 """return a list of connected hosts and the number of connections
183 to each. [('foo.com:80', 2), ('bar.org', 1)]"""
184 to each. [('foo.com:80', 2), ('bar.org', 1)]"""
184 return [(host, len(li)) for (host, li) in self._cm.get_all().items()]
185 return [(host, len(li)) for (host, li) in self._cm.get_all().items()]
185
186
186 def close_connection(self, host):
187 def close_connection(self, host):
187 """close connection(s) to <host>
188 """close connection(s) to <host>
188 host is the host:port spec, as in 'www.cnn.com:8080' as passed in.
189 host is the host:port spec, as in 'www.cnn.com:8080' as passed in.
189 no error occurs if there is no connection to that host."""
190 no error occurs if there is no connection to that host."""
190 for h in self._cm.get_all(host):
191 for h in self._cm.get_all(host):
191 self._cm.remove(h)
192 self._cm.remove(h)
192 h.close()
193 h.close()
193
194
194 def close_all(self):
195 def close_all(self):
195 """close all open connections"""
196 """close all open connections"""
196 for host, conns in self._cm.get_all().iteritems():
197 for host, conns in self._cm.get_all().iteritems():
197 for h in conns:
198 for h in conns:
198 self._cm.remove(h)
199 self._cm.remove(h)
199 h.close()
200 h.close()
200
201
201 def _request_closed(self, request, host, connection):
202 def _request_closed(self, request, host, connection):
202 """tells us that this request is now closed and that the
203 """tells us that this request is now closed and that the
203 connection is ready for another request"""
204 connection is ready for another request"""
204 self._cm.set_ready(connection, 1)
205 self._cm.set_ready(connection, 1)
205
206
206 def _remove_connection(self, host, connection, close=0):
207 def _remove_connection(self, host, connection, close=0):
207 if close:
208 if close:
208 connection.close()
209 connection.close()
209 self._cm.remove(connection)
210 self._cm.remove(connection)
210
211
211 #### Transaction Execution
212 #### Transaction Execution
212 def http_open(self, req):
213 def http_open(self, req):
213 return self.do_open(HTTPConnection, req)
214 return self.do_open(HTTPConnection, req)
214
215
215 def do_open(self, http_class, req):
216 def do_open(self, http_class, req):
216 host = urllibcompat.gethost(req)
217 host = urllibcompat.gethost(req)
217 if not host:
218 if not host:
218 raise urlerr.urlerror('no host given')
219 raise urlerr.urlerror('no host given')
219
220
220 try:
221 try:
221 h = self._cm.get_ready_conn(host)
222 h = self._cm.get_ready_conn(host)
222 while h:
223 while h:
223 r = self._reuse_connection(h, req, host)
224 r = self._reuse_connection(h, req, host)
224
225
225 # if this response is non-None, then it worked and we're
226 # if this response is non-None, then it worked and we're
226 # done. Break out, skipping the else block.
227 # done. Break out, skipping the else block.
227 if r:
228 if r:
228 break
229 break
229
230
230 # connection is bad - possibly closed by server
231 # connection is bad - possibly closed by server
231 # discard it and ask for the next free connection
232 # discard it and ask for the next free connection
232 h.close()
233 h.close()
233 self._cm.remove(h)
234 self._cm.remove(h)
234 h = self._cm.get_ready_conn(host)
235 h = self._cm.get_ready_conn(host)
235 else:
236 else:
236 # no (working) free connections were found. Create a new one.
237 # no (working) free connections were found. Create a new one.
237 h = http_class(host)
238 h = http_class(host, timeout=self._timeout)
238 if DEBUG:
239 if DEBUG:
239 DEBUG.info("creating new connection to %s (%d)",
240 DEBUG.info("creating new connection to %s (%d)",
240 host, id(h))
241 host, id(h))
241 self._cm.add(host, h, 0)
242 self._cm.add(host, h, 0)
242 self._start_transaction(h, req)
243 self._start_transaction(h, req)
243 r = h.getresponse()
244 r = h.getresponse()
244 # The string form of BadStatusLine is the status line. Add some context
245 # The string form of BadStatusLine is the status line. Add some context
245 # to make the error message slightly more useful.
246 # to make the error message slightly more useful.
246 except httplib.BadStatusLine as err:
247 except httplib.BadStatusLine as err:
247 raise urlerr.urlerror(
248 raise urlerr.urlerror(
248 _('bad HTTP status line: %s') % pycompat.sysbytes(err.line))
249 _('bad HTTP status line: %s') % pycompat.sysbytes(err.line))
249 except (socket.error, httplib.HTTPException) as err:
250 except (socket.error, httplib.HTTPException) as err:
250 raise urlerr.urlerror(err)
251 raise urlerr.urlerror(err)
251
252
252 # If not a persistent connection, don't try to reuse it. Look
253 # If not a persistent connection, don't try to reuse it. Look
253 # for this using getattr() since vcr doesn't define this
254 # for this using getattr() since vcr doesn't define this
254 # attribute, and in that case always close the connection.
255 # attribute, and in that case always close the connection.
255 if getattr(r, r'will_close', True):
256 if getattr(r, r'will_close', True):
256 self._cm.remove(h)
257 self._cm.remove(h)
257
258
258 if DEBUG:
259 if DEBUG:
259 DEBUG.info("STATUS: %s, %s", r.status, r.reason)
260 DEBUG.info("STATUS: %s, %s", r.status, r.reason)
260 r._handler = self
261 r._handler = self
261 r._host = host
262 r._host = host
262 r._url = req.get_full_url()
263 r._url = req.get_full_url()
263 r._connection = h
264 r._connection = h
264 r.code = r.status
265 r.code = r.status
265 r.headers = r.msg
266 r.headers = r.msg
266 r.msg = r.reason
267 r.msg = r.reason
267
268
268 return r
269 return r
269
270
270 def _reuse_connection(self, h, req, host):
271 def _reuse_connection(self, h, req, host):
271 """start the transaction with a re-used connection
272 """start the transaction with a re-used connection
272 return a response object (r) upon success or None on failure.
273 return a response object (r) upon success or None on failure.
273 This DOES not close or remove bad connections in cases where
274 This DOES not close or remove bad connections in cases where
274 it returns. However, if an unexpected exception occurs, it
275 it returns. However, if an unexpected exception occurs, it
275 will close and remove the connection before re-raising.
276 will close and remove the connection before re-raising.
276 """
277 """
277 try:
278 try:
278 self._start_transaction(h, req)
279 self._start_transaction(h, req)
279 r = h.getresponse()
280 r = h.getresponse()
280 # note: just because we got something back doesn't mean it
281 # note: just because we got something back doesn't mean it
281 # worked. We'll check the version below, too.
282 # worked. We'll check the version below, too.
282 except (socket.error, httplib.HTTPException):
283 except (socket.error, httplib.HTTPException):
283 r = None
284 r = None
284 except: # re-raises
285 except: # re-raises
285 # adding this block just in case we've missed
286 # adding this block just in case we've missed
286 # something we will still raise the exception, but
287 # something we will still raise the exception, but
287 # lets try and close the connection and remove it
288 # lets try and close the connection and remove it
288 # first. We previously got into a nasty loop
289 # first. We previously got into a nasty loop
289 # where an exception was uncaught, and so the
290 # where an exception was uncaught, and so the
290 # connection stayed open. On the next try, the
291 # connection stayed open. On the next try, the
291 # same exception was raised, etc. The trade-off is
292 # same exception was raised, etc. The trade-off is
292 # that it's now possible this call will raise
293 # that it's now possible this call will raise
293 # a DIFFERENT exception
294 # a DIFFERENT exception
294 if DEBUG:
295 if DEBUG:
295 DEBUG.error("unexpected exception - closing "
296 DEBUG.error("unexpected exception - closing "
296 "connection to %s (%d)", host, id(h))
297 "connection to %s (%d)", host, id(h))
297 self._cm.remove(h)
298 self._cm.remove(h)
298 h.close()
299 h.close()
299 raise
300 raise
300
301
301 if r is None or r.version == 9:
302 if r is None or r.version == 9:
302 # httplib falls back to assuming HTTP 0.9 if it gets a
303 # httplib falls back to assuming HTTP 0.9 if it gets a
303 # bad header back. This is most likely to happen if
304 # bad header back. This is most likely to happen if
304 # the socket has been closed by the server since we
305 # the socket has been closed by the server since we
305 # last used the connection.
306 # last used the connection.
306 if DEBUG:
307 if DEBUG:
307 DEBUG.info("failed to re-use connection to %s (%d)",
308 DEBUG.info("failed to re-use connection to %s (%d)",
308 host, id(h))
309 host, id(h))
309 r = None
310 r = None
310 else:
311 else:
311 if DEBUG:
312 if DEBUG:
312 DEBUG.info("re-using connection to %s (%d)", host, id(h))
313 DEBUG.info("re-using connection to %s (%d)", host, id(h))
313
314
314 return r
315 return r
315
316
316 def _start_transaction(self, h, req):
317 def _start_transaction(self, h, req):
317 oldbytescount = h.sentbytescount
318 oldbytescount = h.sentbytescount
318
319
319 # What follows mostly reimplements HTTPConnection.request()
320 # What follows mostly reimplements HTTPConnection.request()
320 # except it adds self.parent.addheaders in the mix and sends headers
321 # except it adds self.parent.addheaders in the mix and sends headers
321 # in a deterministic order (to make testing easier).
322 # in a deterministic order (to make testing easier).
322 headers = util.sortdict(self.parent.addheaders)
323 headers = util.sortdict(self.parent.addheaders)
323 headers.update(sorted(req.headers.items()))
324 headers.update(sorted(req.headers.items()))
324 headers.update(sorted(req.unredirected_hdrs.items()))
325 headers.update(sorted(req.unredirected_hdrs.items()))
325 headers = util.sortdict((n.lower(), v) for n, v in headers.items())
326 headers = util.sortdict((n.lower(), v) for n, v in headers.items())
326 skipheaders = {}
327 skipheaders = {}
327 for n in (r'host', r'accept-encoding'):
328 for n in (r'host', r'accept-encoding'):
328 if n in headers:
329 if n in headers:
329 skipheaders[r'skip_' + n.replace(r'-', r'_')] = 1
330 skipheaders[r'skip_' + n.replace(r'-', r'_')] = 1
330 try:
331 try:
331 if urllibcompat.hasdata(req):
332 if urllibcompat.hasdata(req):
332 data = urllibcompat.getdata(req)
333 data = urllibcompat.getdata(req)
333 h.putrequest(
334 h.putrequest(
334 req.get_method(), urllibcompat.getselector(req),
335 req.get_method(), urllibcompat.getselector(req),
335 **skipheaders)
336 **skipheaders)
336 if r'content-type' not in headers:
337 if r'content-type' not in headers:
337 h.putheader(r'Content-type',
338 h.putheader(r'Content-type',
338 r'application/x-www-form-urlencoded')
339 r'application/x-www-form-urlencoded')
339 if r'content-length' not in headers:
340 if r'content-length' not in headers:
340 h.putheader(r'Content-length', r'%d' % len(data))
341 h.putheader(r'Content-length', r'%d' % len(data))
341 else:
342 else:
342 h.putrequest(
343 h.putrequest(
343 req.get_method(), urllibcompat.getselector(req),
344 req.get_method(), urllibcompat.getselector(req),
344 **skipheaders)
345 **skipheaders)
345 except socket.error as err:
346 except socket.error as err:
346 raise urlerr.urlerror(err)
347 raise urlerr.urlerror(err)
347 for k, v in headers.items():
348 for k, v in headers.items():
348 h.putheader(k, v)
349 h.putheader(k, v)
349 h.endheaders()
350 h.endheaders()
350 if urllibcompat.hasdata(req):
351 if urllibcompat.hasdata(req):
351 h.send(data)
352 h.send(data)
352
353
353 # This will fail to record events in case of I/O failure. That's OK.
354 # This will fail to record events in case of I/O failure. That's OK.
354 self.requestscount += 1
355 self.requestscount += 1
355 self.sentbytescount += h.sentbytescount - oldbytescount
356 self.sentbytescount += h.sentbytescount - oldbytescount
356
357
357 try:
358 try:
358 self.parent.requestscount += 1
359 self.parent.requestscount += 1
359 self.parent.sentbytescount += h.sentbytescount - oldbytescount
360 self.parent.sentbytescount += h.sentbytescount - oldbytescount
360 except AttributeError:
361 except AttributeError:
361 pass
362 pass
362
363
363 class HTTPHandler(KeepAliveHandler, urlreq.httphandler):
364 class HTTPHandler(KeepAliveHandler, urlreq.httphandler):
364 pass
365 pass
365
366
366 class HTTPResponse(httplib.HTTPResponse):
367 class HTTPResponse(httplib.HTTPResponse):
367 # we need to subclass HTTPResponse in order to
368 # we need to subclass HTTPResponse in order to
368 # 1) add readline(), readlines(), and readinto() methods
369 # 1) add readline(), readlines(), and readinto() methods
369 # 2) add close_connection() methods
370 # 2) add close_connection() methods
370 # 3) add info() and geturl() methods
371 # 3) add info() and geturl() methods
371
372
372 # in order to add readline(), read must be modified to deal with a
373 # in order to add readline(), read must be modified to deal with a
373 # buffer. example: readline must read a buffer and then spit back
374 # buffer. example: readline must read a buffer and then spit back
374 # one line at a time. The only real alternative is to read one
375 # one line at a time. The only real alternative is to read one
375 # BYTE at a time (ick). Once something has been read, it can't be
376 # BYTE at a time (ick). Once something has been read, it can't be
376 # put back (ok, maybe it can, but that's even uglier than this),
377 # put back (ok, maybe it can, but that's even uglier than this),
377 # so if you THEN do a normal read, you must first take stuff from
378 # so if you THEN do a normal read, you must first take stuff from
378 # the buffer.
379 # the buffer.
379
380
380 # the read method wraps the original to accommodate buffering,
381 # the read method wraps the original to accommodate buffering,
381 # although read() never adds to the buffer.
382 # although read() never adds to the buffer.
382 # Both readline and readlines have been stolen with almost no
383 # Both readline and readlines have been stolen with almost no
383 # modification from socket.py
384 # modification from socket.py
384
385
385
386
386 def __init__(self, sock, debuglevel=0, strict=0, method=None):
387 def __init__(self, sock, debuglevel=0, strict=0, method=None):
387 extrakw = {}
388 extrakw = {}
388 if not pycompat.ispy3:
389 if not pycompat.ispy3:
389 extrakw[r'strict'] = True
390 extrakw[r'strict'] = True
390 extrakw[r'buffering'] = True
391 extrakw[r'buffering'] = True
391 httplib.HTTPResponse.__init__(self, sock, debuglevel=debuglevel,
392 httplib.HTTPResponse.__init__(self, sock, debuglevel=debuglevel,
392 method=method, **extrakw)
393 method=method, **extrakw)
393 self.fileno = sock.fileno
394 self.fileno = sock.fileno
394 self.code = None
395 self.code = None
395 self.receivedbytescount = 0
396 self.receivedbytescount = 0
396 self._rbuf = ''
397 self._rbuf = ''
397 self._rbufsize = 8096
398 self._rbufsize = 8096
398 self._handler = None # inserted by the handler later
399 self._handler = None # inserted by the handler later
399 self._host = None # (same)
400 self._host = None # (same)
400 self._url = None # (same)
401 self._url = None # (same)
401 self._connection = None # (same)
402 self._connection = None # (same)
402
403
403 _raw_read = httplib.HTTPResponse.read
404 _raw_read = httplib.HTTPResponse.read
404 _raw_readinto = getattr(httplib.HTTPResponse, 'readinto', None)
405 _raw_readinto = getattr(httplib.HTTPResponse, 'readinto', None)
405
406
406 def close(self):
407 def close(self):
407 if self.fp:
408 if self.fp:
408 self.fp.close()
409 self.fp.close()
409 self.fp = None
410 self.fp = None
410 if self._handler:
411 if self._handler:
411 self._handler._request_closed(self, self._host,
412 self._handler._request_closed(self, self._host,
412 self._connection)
413 self._connection)
413
414
414 def close_connection(self):
415 def close_connection(self):
415 self._handler._remove_connection(self._host, self._connection, close=1)
416 self._handler._remove_connection(self._host, self._connection, close=1)
416 self.close()
417 self.close()
417
418
418 def info(self):
419 def info(self):
419 return self.headers
420 return self.headers
420
421
421 def geturl(self):
422 def geturl(self):
422 return self._url
423 return self._url
423
424
424 def read(self, amt=None):
425 def read(self, amt=None):
425 # the _rbuf test is only in this first if for speed. It's not
426 # the _rbuf test is only in this first if for speed. It's not
426 # logically necessary
427 # logically necessary
427 if self._rbuf and amt is not None:
428 if self._rbuf and amt is not None:
428 L = len(self._rbuf)
429 L = len(self._rbuf)
429 if amt > L:
430 if amt > L:
430 amt -= L
431 amt -= L
431 else:
432 else:
432 s = self._rbuf[:amt]
433 s = self._rbuf[:amt]
433 self._rbuf = self._rbuf[amt:]
434 self._rbuf = self._rbuf[amt:]
434 return s
435 return s
435 # Careful! http.client.HTTPResponse.read() on Python 3 is
436 # Careful! http.client.HTTPResponse.read() on Python 3 is
436 # implemented using readinto(), which can duplicate self._rbuf
437 # implemented using readinto(), which can duplicate self._rbuf
437 # if it's not empty.
438 # if it's not empty.
438 s = self._rbuf
439 s = self._rbuf
439 self._rbuf = ''
440 self._rbuf = ''
440 data = self._raw_read(amt)
441 data = self._raw_read(amt)
441
442
442 self.receivedbytescount += len(data)
443 self.receivedbytescount += len(data)
443 self._connection.receivedbytescount += len(data)
444 self._connection.receivedbytescount += len(data)
444 try:
445 try:
445 self._handler.parent.receivedbytescount += len(data)
446 self._handler.parent.receivedbytescount += len(data)
446 except AttributeError:
447 except AttributeError:
447 pass
448 pass
448
449
449 s += data
450 s += data
450 return s
451 return s
451
452
452 # stolen from Python SVN #68532 to fix issue1088
453 # stolen from Python SVN #68532 to fix issue1088
453 def _read_chunked(self, amt):
454 def _read_chunked(self, amt):
454 chunk_left = self.chunk_left
455 chunk_left = self.chunk_left
455 parts = []
456 parts = []
456
457
457 while True:
458 while True:
458 if chunk_left is None:
459 if chunk_left is None:
459 line = self.fp.readline()
460 line = self.fp.readline()
460 i = line.find(';')
461 i = line.find(';')
461 if i >= 0:
462 if i >= 0:
462 line = line[:i] # strip chunk-extensions
463 line = line[:i] # strip chunk-extensions
463 try:
464 try:
464 chunk_left = int(line, 16)
465 chunk_left = int(line, 16)
465 except ValueError:
466 except ValueError:
466 # close the connection as protocol synchronization is
467 # close the connection as protocol synchronization is
467 # probably lost
468 # probably lost
468 self.close()
469 self.close()
469 raise httplib.IncompleteRead(''.join(parts))
470 raise httplib.IncompleteRead(''.join(parts))
470 if chunk_left == 0:
471 if chunk_left == 0:
471 break
472 break
472 if amt is None:
473 if amt is None:
473 parts.append(self._safe_read(chunk_left))
474 parts.append(self._safe_read(chunk_left))
474 elif amt < chunk_left:
475 elif amt < chunk_left:
475 parts.append(self._safe_read(amt))
476 parts.append(self._safe_read(amt))
476 self.chunk_left = chunk_left - amt
477 self.chunk_left = chunk_left - amt
477 return ''.join(parts)
478 return ''.join(parts)
478 elif amt == chunk_left:
479 elif amt == chunk_left:
479 parts.append(self._safe_read(amt))
480 parts.append(self._safe_read(amt))
480 self._safe_read(2) # toss the CRLF at the end of the chunk
481 self._safe_read(2) # toss the CRLF at the end of the chunk
481 self.chunk_left = None
482 self.chunk_left = None
482 return ''.join(parts)
483 return ''.join(parts)
483 else:
484 else:
484 parts.append(self._safe_read(chunk_left))
485 parts.append(self._safe_read(chunk_left))
485 amt -= chunk_left
486 amt -= chunk_left
486
487
487 # we read the whole chunk, get another
488 # we read the whole chunk, get another
488 self._safe_read(2) # toss the CRLF at the end of the chunk
489 self._safe_read(2) # toss the CRLF at the end of the chunk
489 chunk_left = None
490 chunk_left = None
490
491
491 # read and discard trailer up to the CRLF terminator
492 # read and discard trailer up to the CRLF terminator
492 ### note: we shouldn't have any trailers!
493 ### note: we shouldn't have any trailers!
493 while True:
494 while True:
494 line = self.fp.readline()
495 line = self.fp.readline()
495 if not line:
496 if not line:
496 # a vanishingly small number of sites EOF without
497 # a vanishingly small number of sites EOF without
497 # sending the trailer
498 # sending the trailer
498 break
499 break
499 if line == '\r\n':
500 if line == '\r\n':
500 break
501 break
501
502
502 # we read everything; close the "file"
503 # we read everything; close the "file"
503 self.close()
504 self.close()
504
505
505 return ''.join(parts)
506 return ''.join(parts)
506
507
507 def readline(self):
508 def readline(self):
508 # Fast path for a line is already available in read buffer.
509 # Fast path for a line is already available in read buffer.
509 i = self._rbuf.find('\n')
510 i = self._rbuf.find('\n')
510 if i >= 0:
511 if i >= 0:
511 i += 1
512 i += 1
512 line = self._rbuf[:i]
513 line = self._rbuf[:i]
513 self._rbuf = self._rbuf[i:]
514 self._rbuf = self._rbuf[i:]
514 return line
515 return line
515
516
516 # No newline in local buffer. Read until we find one.
517 # No newline in local buffer. Read until we find one.
517 chunks = [self._rbuf]
518 chunks = [self._rbuf]
518 i = -1
519 i = -1
519 readsize = self._rbufsize
520 readsize = self._rbufsize
520 while True:
521 while True:
521 new = self._raw_read(readsize)
522 new = self._raw_read(readsize)
522 if not new:
523 if not new:
523 break
524 break
524
525
525 self.receivedbytescount += len(new)
526 self.receivedbytescount += len(new)
526 self._connection.receivedbytescount += len(new)
527 self._connection.receivedbytescount += len(new)
527 try:
528 try:
528 self._handler.parent.receivedbytescount += len(new)
529 self._handler.parent.receivedbytescount += len(new)
529 except AttributeError:
530 except AttributeError:
530 pass
531 pass
531
532
532 chunks.append(new)
533 chunks.append(new)
533 i = new.find('\n')
534 i = new.find('\n')
534 if i >= 0:
535 if i >= 0:
535 break
536 break
536
537
537 # We either have exhausted the stream or have a newline in chunks[-1].
538 # We either have exhausted the stream or have a newline in chunks[-1].
538
539
539 # EOF
540 # EOF
540 if i == -1:
541 if i == -1:
541 self._rbuf = ''
542 self._rbuf = ''
542 return ''.join(chunks)
543 return ''.join(chunks)
543
544
544 i += 1
545 i += 1
545 self._rbuf = chunks[-1][i:]
546 self._rbuf = chunks[-1][i:]
546 chunks[-1] = chunks[-1][:i]
547 chunks[-1] = chunks[-1][:i]
547 return ''.join(chunks)
548 return ''.join(chunks)
548
549
549 def readlines(self, sizehint=0):
550 def readlines(self, sizehint=0):
550 total = 0
551 total = 0
551 list = []
552 list = []
552 while True:
553 while True:
553 line = self.readline()
554 line = self.readline()
554 if not line:
555 if not line:
555 break
556 break
556 list.append(line)
557 list.append(line)
557 total += len(line)
558 total += len(line)
558 if sizehint and total >= sizehint:
559 if sizehint and total >= sizehint:
559 break
560 break
560 return list
561 return list
561
562
562 def readinto(self, dest):
563 def readinto(self, dest):
563 if self._raw_readinto is None:
564 if self._raw_readinto is None:
564 res = self.read(len(dest))
565 res = self.read(len(dest))
565 if not res:
566 if not res:
566 return 0
567 return 0
567 dest[0:len(res)] = res
568 dest[0:len(res)] = res
568 return len(res)
569 return len(res)
569 total = len(dest)
570 total = len(dest)
570 have = len(self._rbuf)
571 have = len(self._rbuf)
571 if have >= total:
572 if have >= total:
572 dest[0:total] = self._rbuf[:total]
573 dest[0:total] = self._rbuf[:total]
573 self._rbuf = self._rbuf[total:]
574 self._rbuf = self._rbuf[total:]
574 return total
575 return total
575 mv = memoryview(dest)
576 mv = memoryview(dest)
576 got = self._raw_readinto(mv[have:total])
577 got = self._raw_readinto(mv[have:total])
577
578
578 self.receivedbytescount += got
579 self.receivedbytescount += got
579 self._connection.receivedbytescount += got
580 self._connection.receivedbytescount += got
580 try:
581 try:
581 self._handler.receivedbytescount += got
582 self._handler.receivedbytescount += got
582 except AttributeError:
583 except AttributeError:
583 pass
584 pass
584
585
585 dest[0:have] = self._rbuf
586 dest[0:have] = self._rbuf
586 got += len(self._rbuf)
587 got += len(self._rbuf)
587 self._rbuf = ''
588 self._rbuf = ''
588 return got
589 return got
589
590
590 def safesend(self, str):
591 def safesend(self, str):
591 """Send `str' to the server.
592 """Send `str' to the server.
592
593
593 Shamelessly ripped off from httplib to patch a bad behavior.
594 Shamelessly ripped off from httplib to patch a bad behavior.
594 """
595 """
595 # _broken_pipe_resp is an attribute we set in this function
596 # _broken_pipe_resp is an attribute we set in this function
596 # if the socket is closed while we're sending data but
597 # if the socket is closed while we're sending data but
597 # the server sent us a response before hanging up.
598 # the server sent us a response before hanging up.
598 # In that case, we want to pretend to send the rest of the
599 # In that case, we want to pretend to send the rest of the
599 # outgoing data, and then let the user use getresponse()
600 # outgoing data, and then let the user use getresponse()
600 # (which we wrap) to get this last response before
601 # (which we wrap) to get this last response before
601 # opening a new socket.
602 # opening a new socket.
602 if getattr(self, '_broken_pipe_resp', None) is not None:
603 if getattr(self, '_broken_pipe_resp', None) is not None:
603 return
604 return
604
605
605 if self.sock is None:
606 if self.sock is None:
606 if self.auto_open:
607 if self.auto_open:
607 self.connect()
608 self.connect()
608 else:
609 else:
609 raise httplib.NotConnected
610 raise httplib.NotConnected
610
611
611 # send the data to the server. if we get a broken pipe, then close
612 # send the data to the server. if we get a broken pipe, then close
612 # the socket. we want to reconnect when somebody tries to send again.
613 # the socket. we want to reconnect when somebody tries to send again.
613 #
614 #
614 # NOTE: we DO propagate the error, though, because we cannot simply
615 # NOTE: we DO propagate the error, though, because we cannot simply
615 # ignore the error... the caller will know if they can retry.
616 # ignore the error... the caller will know if they can retry.
616 if self.debuglevel > 0:
617 if self.debuglevel > 0:
617 print("send:", repr(str))
618 print("send:", repr(str))
618 try:
619 try:
619 blocksize = 8192
620 blocksize = 8192
620 read = getattr(str, 'read', None)
621 read = getattr(str, 'read', None)
621 if read is not None:
622 if read is not None:
622 if self.debuglevel > 0:
623 if self.debuglevel > 0:
623 print("sending a read()able")
624 print("sending a read()able")
624 data = read(blocksize)
625 data = read(blocksize)
625 while data:
626 while data:
626 self.sock.sendall(data)
627 self.sock.sendall(data)
627 self.sentbytescount += len(data)
628 self.sentbytescount += len(data)
628 data = read(blocksize)
629 data = read(blocksize)
629 else:
630 else:
630 self.sock.sendall(str)
631 self.sock.sendall(str)
631 self.sentbytescount += len(str)
632 self.sentbytescount += len(str)
632 except socket.error as v:
633 except socket.error as v:
633 reraise = True
634 reraise = True
634 if v[0] == errno.EPIPE: # Broken pipe
635 if v[0] == errno.EPIPE: # Broken pipe
635 if self._HTTPConnection__state == httplib._CS_REQ_SENT:
636 if self._HTTPConnection__state == httplib._CS_REQ_SENT:
636 self._broken_pipe_resp = None
637 self._broken_pipe_resp = None
637 self._broken_pipe_resp = self.getresponse()
638 self._broken_pipe_resp = self.getresponse()
638 reraise = False
639 reraise = False
639 self.close()
640 self.close()
640 if reraise:
641 if reraise:
641 raise
642 raise
642
643
643 def wrapgetresponse(cls):
644 def wrapgetresponse(cls):
644 """Wraps getresponse in cls with a broken-pipe sane version.
645 """Wraps getresponse in cls with a broken-pipe sane version.
645 """
646 """
646 def safegetresponse(self):
647 def safegetresponse(self):
647 # In safesend() we might set the _broken_pipe_resp
648 # In safesend() we might set the _broken_pipe_resp
648 # attribute, in which case the socket has already
649 # attribute, in which case the socket has already
649 # been closed and we just need to give them the response
650 # been closed and we just need to give them the response
650 # back. Otherwise, we use the normal response path.
651 # back. Otherwise, we use the normal response path.
651 r = getattr(self, '_broken_pipe_resp', None)
652 r = getattr(self, '_broken_pipe_resp', None)
652 if r is not None:
653 if r is not None:
653 return r
654 return r
654 return cls.getresponse(self)
655 return cls.getresponse(self)
655 safegetresponse.__doc__ = cls.getresponse.__doc__
656 safegetresponse.__doc__ = cls.getresponse.__doc__
656 return safegetresponse
657 return safegetresponse
657
658
658 class HTTPConnection(httplib.HTTPConnection):
659 class HTTPConnection(httplib.HTTPConnection):
659 # url.httpsconnection inherits from this. So when adding/removing
660 # url.httpsconnection inherits from this. So when adding/removing
660 # attributes, be sure to audit httpsconnection() for unintended
661 # attributes, be sure to audit httpsconnection() for unintended
661 # consequences.
662 # consequences.
662
663
663 # use the modified response class
664 # use the modified response class
664 response_class = HTTPResponse
665 response_class = HTTPResponse
665 send = safesend
666 send = safesend
666 getresponse = wrapgetresponse(httplib.HTTPConnection)
667 getresponse = wrapgetresponse(httplib.HTTPConnection)
667
668
668 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
669 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
669 httplib.HTTPConnection.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
670 httplib.HTTPConnection.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
670 self.sentbytescount = 0
671 self.sentbytescount = 0
671 self.receivedbytescount = 0
672 self.receivedbytescount = 0
672
673
673 #########################################################################
674 #########################################################################
674 ##### TEST FUNCTIONS
675 ##### TEST FUNCTIONS
675 #########################################################################
676 #########################################################################
676
677
677
678
678 def continuity(url):
679 def continuity(url):
679 md5 = hashlib.md5
680 md5 = hashlib.md5
680 format = '%25s: %s'
681 format = '%25s: %s'
681
682
682 # first fetch the file with the normal http handler
683 # first fetch the file with the normal http handler
683 opener = urlreq.buildopener()
684 opener = urlreq.buildopener()
684 urlreq.installopener(opener)
685 urlreq.installopener(opener)
685 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
686 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
686 foo = fo.read()
687 foo = fo.read()
687 fo.close()
688 fo.close()
688 m = md5(foo)
689 m = md5(foo)
689 print(format % ('normal urllib', node.hex(m.digest())))
690 print(format % ('normal urllib', node.hex(m.digest())))
690
691
691 # now install the keepalive handler and try again
692 # now install the keepalive handler and try again
692 opener = urlreq.buildopener(HTTPHandler())
693 opener = urlreq.buildopener(HTTPHandler())
693 urlreq.installopener(opener)
694 urlreq.installopener(opener)
694
695
695 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
696 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
696 foo = fo.read()
697 foo = fo.read()
697 fo.close()
698 fo.close()
698 m = md5(foo)
699 m = md5(foo)
699 print(format % ('keepalive read', node.hex(m.digest())))
700 print(format % ('keepalive read', node.hex(m.digest())))
700
701
701 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
702 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
702 foo = ''
703 foo = ''
703 while True:
704 while True:
704 f = fo.readline()
705 f = fo.readline()
705 if f:
706 if f:
706 foo = foo + f
707 foo = foo + f
707 else:
708 else:
708 break
709 break
709 fo.close()
710 fo.close()
710 m = md5(foo)
711 m = md5(foo)
711 print(format % ('keepalive readline', node.hex(m.digest())))
712 print(format % ('keepalive readline', node.hex(m.digest())))
712
713
713 def comp(N, url):
714 def comp(N, url):
714 print(' making %i connections to:\n %s' % (N, url))
715 print(' making %i connections to:\n %s' % (N, url))
715
716
716 procutil.stdout.write(' first using the normal urllib handlers')
717 procutil.stdout.write(' first using the normal urllib handlers')
717 # first use normal opener
718 # first use normal opener
718 opener = urlreq.buildopener()
719 opener = urlreq.buildopener()
719 urlreq.installopener(opener)
720 urlreq.installopener(opener)
720 t1 = fetch(N, url)
721 t1 = fetch(N, url)
721 print(' TIME: %.3f s' % t1)
722 print(' TIME: %.3f s' % t1)
722
723
723 procutil.stdout.write(' now using the keepalive handler ')
724 procutil.stdout.write(' now using the keepalive handler ')
724 # now install the keepalive handler and try again
725 # now install the keepalive handler and try again
725 opener = urlreq.buildopener(HTTPHandler())
726 opener = urlreq.buildopener(HTTPHandler())
726 urlreq.installopener(opener)
727 urlreq.installopener(opener)
727 t2 = fetch(N, url)
728 t2 = fetch(N, url)
728 print(' TIME: %.3f s' % t2)
729 print(' TIME: %.3f s' % t2)
729 print(' improvement factor: %.2f' % (t1 / t2))
730 print(' improvement factor: %.2f' % (t1 / t2))
730
731
731 def fetch(N, url, delay=0):
732 def fetch(N, url, delay=0):
732 import time
733 import time
733 lens = []
734 lens = []
734 starttime = time.time()
735 starttime = time.time()
735 for i in range(N):
736 for i in range(N):
736 if delay and i > 0:
737 if delay and i > 0:
737 time.sleep(delay)
738 time.sleep(delay)
738 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
739 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
739 foo = fo.read()
740 foo = fo.read()
740 fo.close()
741 fo.close()
741 lens.append(len(foo))
742 lens.append(len(foo))
742 diff = time.time() - starttime
743 diff = time.time() - starttime
743
744
744 j = 0
745 j = 0
745 for i in lens[1:]:
746 for i in lens[1:]:
746 j = j + 1
747 j = j + 1
747 if not i == lens[0]:
748 if not i == lens[0]:
748 print("WARNING: inconsistent length on read %i: %i" % (j, i))
749 print("WARNING: inconsistent length on read %i: %i" % (j, i))
749
750
750 return diff
751 return diff
751
752
752 def test_timeout(url):
753 def test_timeout(url):
753 global DEBUG
754 global DEBUG
754 dbbackup = DEBUG
755 dbbackup = DEBUG
755 class FakeLogger(object):
756 class FakeLogger(object):
756 def debug(self, msg, *args):
757 def debug(self, msg, *args):
757 print(msg % args)
758 print(msg % args)
758 info = warning = error = debug
759 info = warning = error = debug
759 DEBUG = FakeLogger()
760 DEBUG = FakeLogger()
760 print(" fetching the file to establish a connection")
761 print(" fetching the file to establish a connection")
761 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
762 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
762 data1 = fo.read()
763 data1 = fo.read()
763 fo.close()
764 fo.close()
764
765
765 i = 20
766 i = 20
766 print(" waiting %i seconds for the server to close the connection" % i)
767 print(" waiting %i seconds for the server to close the connection" % i)
767 while i > 0:
768 while i > 0:
768 procutil.stdout.write('\r %2i' % i)
769 procutil.stdout.write('\r %2i' % i)
769 procutil.stdout.flush()
770 procutil.stdout.flush()
770 time.sleep(1)
771 time.sleep(1)
771 i -= 1
772 i -= 1
772 procutil.stderr.write('\r')
773 procutil.stderr.write('\r')
773
774
774 print(" fetching the file a second time")
775 print(" fetching the file a second time")
775 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
776 fo = urlreq.urlopen(url)
776 data2 = fo.read()
777 data2 = fo.read()
777 fo.close()
778 fo.close()
778
779
779 if data1 == data2:
780 if data1 == data2:
780 print(' data are identical')
781 print(' data are identical')
781 else:
782 else:
782 print(' ERROR: DATA DIFFER')
783 print(' ERROR: DATA DIFFER')
783
784
784 DEBUG = dbbackup
785 DEBUG = dbbackup
785
786
786
787
787 def test(url, N=10):
788 def test(url, N=10):
788 print("performing continuity test (making sure stuff isn't corrupted)")
789 print("performing continuity test (making sure stuff isn't corrupted)")
789 continuity(url)
790 continuity(url)
790 print('')
791 print('')
791 print("performing speed comparison")
792 print("performing speed comparison")
792 comp(N, url)
793 comp(N, url)
793 print('')
794 print('')
794 print("performing dropped-connection check")
795 print("performing dropped-connection check")
795 test_timeout(url)
796 test_timeout(url)
796
797
797 if __name__ == '__main__':
798 if __name__ == '__main__':
798 import time
799 import time
799 try:
800 try:
800 N = int(sys.argv[1])
801 N = int(sys.argv[1])
801 url = sys.argv[2]
802 url = sys.argv[2]
802 except (IndexError, ValueError):
803 except (IndexError, ValueError):
803 print("%s <integer> <url>" % sys.argv[0])
804 print("%s <integer> <url>" % sys.argv[0])
804 else:
805 else:
805 test(url, N)
806 test(url, N)
@@ -1,638 +1,639 b''
1 # url.py - HTTP handling for mercurial
1 # url.py - HTTP handling for mercurial
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
3 # Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 # Copyright 2006, 2007 Alexis S. L. Carvalho <alexis@cecm.usp.br>
4 # Copyright 2006, 2007 Alexis S. L. Carvalho <alexis@cecm.usp.br>
5 # Copyright 2006 Vadim Gelfer <vadim.gelfer@gmail.com>
5 # Copyright 2006 Vadim Gelfer <vadim.gelfer@gmail.com>
6 #
6 #
7 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
7 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
8 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
8 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
9
9
10 from __future__ import absolute_import
10 from __future__ import absolute_import
11
11
12 import base64
12 import base64
13 import os
13 import os
14 import socket
14 import socket
15 import sys
15 import sys
16
16
17 from .i18n import _
17 from .i18n import _
18 from . import (
18 from . import (
19 encoding,
19 encoding,
20 error,
20 error,
21 httpconnection as httpconnectionmod,
21 httpconnection as httpconnectionmod,
22 keepalive,
22 keepalive,
23 pycompat,
23 pycompat,
24 sslutil,
24 sslutil,
25 urllibcompat,
25 urllibcompat,
26 util,
26 util,
27 )
27 )
28 from .utils import (
28 from .utils import (
29 stringutil,
29 stringutil,
30 )
30 )
31
31
32 httplib = util.httplib
32 httplib = util.httplib
33 stringio = util.stringio
33 stringio = util.stringio
34 urlerr = util.urlerr
34 urlerr = util.urlerr
35 urlreq = util.urlreq
35 urlreq = util.urlreq
36
36
37 def escape(s, quote=None):
37 def escape(s, quote=None):
38 '''Replace special characters "&", "<" and ">" to HTML-safe sequences.
38 '''Replace special characters "&", "<" and ">" to HTML-safe sequences.
39 If the optional flag quote is true, the quotation mark character (")
39 If the optional flag quote is true, the quotation mark character (")
40 is also translated.
40 is also translated.
41
41
42 This is the same as cgi.escape in Python, but always operates on
42 This is the same as cgi.escape in Python, but always operates on
43 bytes, whereas cgi.escape in Python 3 only works on unicodes.
43 bytes, whereas cgi.escape in Python 3 only works on unicodes.
44 '''
44 '''
45 s = s.replace(b"&", b"&amp;")
45 s = s.replace(b"&", b"&amp;")
46 s = s.replace(b"<", b"&lt;")
46 s = s.replace(b"<", b"&lt;")
47 s = s.replace(b">", b"&gt;")
47 s = s.replace(b">", b"&gt;")
48 if quote:
48 if quote:
49 s = s.replace(b'"', b"&quot;")
49 s = s.replace(b'"', b"&quot;")
50 return s
50 return s
51
51
52 class passwordmgr(object):
52 class passwordmgr(object):
53 def __init__(self, ui, passwddb):
53 def __init__(self, ui, passwddb):
54 self.ui = ui
54 self.ui = ui
55 self.passwddb = passwddb
55 self.passwddb = passwddb
56
56
57 def add_password(self, realm, uri, user, passwd):
57 def add_password(self, realm, uri, user, passwd):
58 return self.passwddb.add_password(realm, uri, user, passwd)
58 return self.passwddb.add_password(realm, uri, user, passwd)
59
59
60 def find_user_password(self, realm, authuri):
60 def find_user_password(self, realm, authuri):
61 authinfo = self.passwddb.find_user_password(realm, authuri)
61 authinfo = self.passwddb.find_user_password(realm, authuri)
62 user, passwd = authinfo
62 user, passwd = authinfo
63 if user and passwd:
63 if user and passwd:
64 self._writedebug(user, passwd)
64 self._writedebug(user, passwd)
65 return (user, passwd)
65 return (user, passwd)
66
66
67 if not user or not passwd:
67 if not user or not passwd:
68 res = httpconnectionmod.readauthforuri(self.ui, authuri, user)
68 res = httpconnectionmod.readauthforuri(self.ui, authuri, user)
69 if res:
69 if res:
70 group, auth = res
70 group, auth = res
71 user, passwd = auth.get('username'), auth.get('password')
71 user, passwd = auth.get('username'), auth.get('password')
72 self.ui.debug("using auth.%s.* for authentication\n" % group)
72 self.ui.debug("using auth.%s.* for authentication\n" % group)
73 if not user or not passwd:
73 if not user or not passwd:
74 u = util.url(pycompat.bytesurl(authuri))
74 u = util.url(pycompat.bytesurl(authuri))
75 u.query = None
75 u.query = None
76 if not self.ui.interactive():
76 if not self.ui.interactive():
77 raise error.Abort(_('http authorization required for %s') %
77 raise error.Abort(_('http authorization required for %s') %
78 util.hidepassword(bytes(u)))
78 util.hidepassword(bytes(u)))
79
79
80 self.ui.write(_("http authorization required for %s\n") %
80 self.ui.write(_("http authorization required for %s\n") %
81 util.hidepassword(bytes(u)))
81 util.hidepassword(bytes(u)))
82 self.ui.write(_("realm: %s\n") % pycompat.bytesurl(realm))
82 self.ui.write(_("realm: %s\n") % pycompat.bytesurl(realm))
83 if user:
83 if user:
84 self.ui.write(_("user: %s\n") % user)
84 self.ui.write(_("user: %s\n") % user)
85 else:
85 else:
86 user = self.ui.prompt(_("user:"), default=None)
86 user = self.ui.prompt(_("user:"), default=None)
87
87
88 if not passwd:
88 if not passwd:
89 passwd = self.ui.getpass()
89 passwd = self.ui.getpass()
90
90
91 self.passwddb.add_password(realm, authuri, user, passwd)
91 self.passwddb.add_password(realm, authuri, user, passwd)
92 self._writedebug(user, passwd)
92 self._writedebug(user, passwd)
93 return (user, passwd)
93 return (user, passwd)
94
94
95 def _writedebug(self, user, passwd):
95 def _writedebug(self, user, passwd):
96 msg = _('http auth: user %s, password %s\n')
96 msg = _('http auth: user %s, password %s\n')
97 self.ui.debug(msg % (user, passwd and '*' * len(passwd) or 'not set'))
97 self.ui.debug(msg % (user, passwd and '*' * len(passwd) or 'not set'))
98
98
99 def find_stored_password(self, authuri):
99 def find_stored_password(self, authuri):
100 return self.passwddb.find_user_password(None, authuri)
100 return self.passwddb.find_user_password(None, authuri)
101
101
102 class proxyhandler(urlreq.proxyhandler):
102 class proxyhandler(urlreq.proxyhandler):
103 def __init__(self, ui):
103 def __init__(self, ui):
104 proxyurl = (ui.config("http_proxy", "host") or
104 proxyurl = (ui.config("http_proxy", "host") or
105 encoding.environ.get('http_proxy'))
105 encoding.environ.get('http_proxy'))
106 # XXX proxyauthinfo = None
106 # XXX proxyauthinfo = None
107
107
108 if proxyurl:
108 if proxyurl:
109 # proxy can be proper url or host[:port]
109 # proxy can be proper url or host[:port]
110 if not (proxyurl.startswith('http:') or
110 if not (proxyurl.startswith('http:') or
111 proxyurl.startswith('https:')):
111 proxyurl.startswith('https:')):
112 proxyurl = 'http://' + proxyurl + '/'
112 proxyurl = 'http://' + proxyurl + '/'
113 proxy = util.url(proxyurl)
113 proxy = util.url(proxyurl)
114 if not proxy.user:
114 if not proxy.user:
115 proxy.user = ui.config("http_proxy", "user")
115 proxy.user = ui.config("http_proxy", "user")
116 proxy.passwd = ui.config("http_proxy", "passwd")
116 proxy.passwd = ui.config("http_proxy", "passwd")
117
117
118 # see if we should use a proxy for this url
118 # see if we should use a proxy for this url
119 no_list = ["localhost", "127.0.0.1"]
119 no_list = ["localhost", "127.0.0.1"]
120 no_list.extend([p.lower() for
120 no_list.extend([p.lower() for
121 p in ui.configlist("http_proxy", "no")])
121 p in ui.configlist("http_proxy", "no")])
122 no_list.extend([p.strip().lower() for
122 no_list.extend([p.strip().lower() for
123 p in encoding.environ.get("no_proxy", '').split(',')
123 p in encoding.environ.get("no_proxy", '').split(',')
124 if p.strip()])
124 if p.strip()])
125 # "http_proxy.always" config is for running tests on localhost
125 # "http_proxy.always" config is for running tests on localhost
126 if ui.configbool("http_proxy", "always"):
126 if ui.configbool("http_proxy", "always"):
127 self.no_list = []
127 self.no_list = []
128 else:
128 else:
129 self.no_list = no_list
129 self.no_list = no_list
130
130
131 proxyurl = bytes(proxy)
131 proxyurl = bytes(proxy)
132 proxies = {'http': proxyurl, 'https': proxyurl}
132 proxies = {'http': proxyurl, 'https': proxyurl}
133 ui.debug('proxying through %s\n' % util.hidepassword(proxyurl))
133 ui.debug('proxying through %s\n' % util.hidepassword(proxyurl))
134 else:
134 else:
135 proxies = {}
135 proxies = {}
136
136
137 urlreq.proxyhandler.__init__(self, proxies)
137 urlreq.proxyhandler.__init__(self, proxies)
138 self.ui = ui
138 self.ui = ui
139
139
140 def proxy_open(self, req, proxy, type_):
140 def proxy_open(self, req, proxy, type_):
141 host = urllibcompat.gethost(req).split(':')[0]
141 host = urllibcompat.gethost(req).split(':')[0]
142 for e in self.no_list:
142 for e in self.no_list:
143 if host == e:
143 if host == e:
144 return None
144 return None
145 if e.startswith('*.') and host.endswith(e[2:]):
145 if e.startswith('*.') and host.endswith(e[2:]):
146 return None
146 return None
147 if e.startswith('.') and host.endswith(e[1:]):
147 if e.startswith('.') and host.endswith(e[1:]):
148 return None
148 return None
149
149
150 return urlreq.proxyhandler.proxy_open(self, req, proxy, type_)
150 return urlreq.proxyhandler.proxy_open(self, req, proxy, type_)
151
151
152 def _gen_sendfile(orgsend):
152 def _gen_sendfile(orgsend):
153 def _sendfile(self, data):
153 def _sendfile(self, data):
154 # send a file
154 # send a file
155 if isinstance(data, httpconnectionmod.httpsendfile):
155 if isinstance(data, httpconnectionmod.httpsendfile):
156 # if auth required, some data sent twice, so rewind here
156 # if auth required, some data sent twice, so rewind here
157 data.seek(0)
157 data.seek(0)
158 for chunk in util.filechunkiter(data):
158 for chunk in util.filechunkiter(data):
159 orgsend(self, chunk)
159 orgsend(self, chunk)
160 else:
160 else:
161 orgsend(self, data)
161 orgsend(self, data)
162 return _sendfile
162 return _sendfile
163
163
164 has_https = util.safehasattr(urlreq, 'httpshandler')
164 has_https = util.safehasattr(urlreq, 'httpshandler')
165
165
166 class httpconnection(keepalive.HTTPConnection):
166 class httpconnection(keepalive.HTTPConnection):
167 # must be able to send big bundle as stream.
167 # must be able to send big bundle as stream.
168 send = _gen_sendfile(keepalive.HTTPConnection.send)
168 send = _gen_sendfile(keepalive.HTTPConnection.send)
169
169
170 def getresponse(self):
170 def getresponse(self):
171 proxyres = getattr(self, 'proxyres', None)
171 proxyres = getattr(self, 'proxyres', None)
172 if proxyres:
172 if proxyres:
173 if proxyres.will_close:
173 if proxyres.will_close:
174 self.close()
174 self.close()
175 self.proxyres = None
175 self.proxyres = None
176 return proxyres
176 return proxyres
177 return keepalive.HTTPConnection.getresponse(self)
177 return keepalive.HTTPConnection.getresponse(self)
178
178
179 # general transaction handler to support different ways to handle
179 # general transaction handler to support different ways to handle
180 # HTTPS proxying before and after Python 2.6.3.
180 # HTTPS proxying before and after Python 2.6.3.
181 def _generic_start_transaction(handler, h, req):
181 def _generic_start_transaction(handler, h, req):
182 tunnel_host = getattr(req, '_tunnel_host', None)
182 tunnel_host = getattr(req, '_tunnel_host', None)
183 if tunnel_host:
183 if tunnel_host:
184 if tunnel_host[:7] not in ['http://', 'https:/']:
184 if tunnel_host[:7] not in ['http://', 'https:/']:
185 tunnel_host = 'https://' + tunnel_host
185 tunnel_host = 'https://' + tunnel_host
186 new_tunnel = True
186 new_tunnel = True
187 else:
187 else:
188 tunnel_host = urllibcompat.getselector(req)
188 tunnel_host = urllibcompat.getselector(req)
189 new_tunnel = False
189 new_tunnel = False
190
190
191 if new_tunnel or tunnel_host == urllibcompat.getfullurl(req): # has proxy
191 if new_tunnel or tunnel_host == urllibcompat.getfullurl(req): # has proxy
192 u = util.url(tunnel_host)
192 u = util.url(tunnel_host)
193 if new_tunnel or u.scheme == 'https': # only use CONNECT for HTTPS
193 if new_tunnel or u.scheme == 'https': # only use CONNECT for HTTPS
194 h.realhostport = ':'.join([u.host, (u.port or '443')])
194 h.realhostport = ':'.join([u.host, (u.port or '443')])
195 h.headers = req.headers.copy()
195 h.headers = req.headers.copy()
196 h.headers.update(handler.parent.addheaders)
196 h.headers.update(handler.parent.addheaders)
197 return
197 return
198
198
199 h.realhostport = None
199 h.realhostport = None
200 h.headers = None
200 h.headers = None
201
201
202 def _generic_proxytunnel(self):
202 def _generic_proxytunnel(self):
203 proxyheaders = dict(
203 proxyheaders = dict(
204 [(x, self.headers[x]) for x in self.headers
204 [(x, self.headers[x]) for x in self.headers
205 if x.lower().startswith('proxy-')])
205 if x.lower().startswith('proxy-')])
206 self.send('CONNECT %s HTTP/1.0\r\n' % self.realhostport)
206 self.send('CONNECT %s HTTP/1.0\r\n' % self.realhostport)
207 for header in proxyheaders.iteritems():
207 for header in proxyheaders.iteritems():
208 self.send('%s: %s\r\n' % header)
208 self.send('%s: %s\r\n' % header)
209 self.send('\r\n')
209 self.send('\r\n')
210
210
211 # majority of the following code is duplicated from
211 # majority of the following code is duplicated from
212 # httplib.HTTPConnection as there are no adequate places to
212 # httplib.HTTPConnection as there are no adequate places to
213 # override functions to provide the needed functionality
213 # override functions to provide the needed functionality
214 res = self.response_class(self.sock,
214 res = self.response_class(self.sock,
215 strict=self.strict,
215 strict=self.strict,
216 method=self._method)
216 method=self._method)
217
217
218 while True:
218 while True:
219 version, status, reason = res._read_status()
219 version, status, reason = res._read_status()
220 if status != httplib.CONTINUE:
220 if status != httplib.CONTINUE:
221 break
221 break
222 # skip lines that are all whitespace
222 # skip lines that are all whitespace
223 list(iter(lambda: res.fp.readline().strip(), ''))
223 list(iter(lambda: res.fp.readline().strip(), ''))
224 res.status = status
224 res.status = status
225 res.reason = reason.strip()
225 res.reason = reason.strip()
226
226
227 if res.status == 200:
227 if res.status == 200:
228 # skip lines until we find a blank line
228 # skip lines until we find a blank line
229 list(iter(res.fp.readline, '\r\n'))
229 list(iter(res.fp.readline, '\r\n'))
230 return True
230 return True
231
231
232 if version == 'HTTP/1.0':
232 if version == 'HTTP/1.0':
233 res.version = 10
233 res.version = 10
234 elif version.startswith('HTTP/1.'):
234 elif version.startswith('HTTP/1.'):
235 res.version = 11
235 res.version = 11
236 elif version == 'HTTP/0.9':
236 elif version == 'HTTP/0.9':
237 res.version = 9
237 res.version = 9
238 else:
238 else:
239 raise httplib.UnknownProtocol(version)
239 raise httplib.UnknownProtocol(version)
240
240
241 if res.version == 9:
241 if res.version == 9:
242 res.length = None
242 res.length = None
243 res.chunked = 0
243 res.chunked = 0
244 res.will_close = 1
244 res.will_close = 1
245 res.msg = httplib.HTTPMessage(stringio())
245 res.msg = httplib.HTTPMessage(stringio())
246 return False
246 return False
247
247
248 res.msg = httplib.HTTPMessage(res.fp)
248 res.msg = httplib.HTTPMessage(res.fp)
249 res.msg.fp = None
249 res.msg.fp = None
250
250
251 # are we using the chunked-style of transfer encoding?
251 # are we using the chunked-style of transfer encoding?
252 trenc = res.msg.getheader('transfer-encoding')
252 trenc = res.msg.getheader('transfer-encoding')
253 if trenc and trenc.lower() == "chunked":
253 if trenc and trenc.lower() == "chunked":
254 res.chunked = 1
254 res.chunked = 1
255 res.chunk_left = None
255 res.chunk_left = None
256 else:
256 else:
257 res.chunked = 0
257 res.chunked = 0
258
258
259 # will the connection close at the end of the response?
259 # will the connection close at the end of the response?
260 res.will_close = res._check_close()
260 res.will_close = res._check_close()
261
261
262 # do we have a Content-Length?
262 # do we have a Content-Length?
263 # NOTE: RFC 2616, section 4.4, #3 says we ignore this if
263 # NOTE: RFC 2616, section 4.4, #3 says we ignore this if
264 # transfer-encoding is "chunked"
264 # transfer-encoding is "chunked"
265 length = res.msg.getheader('content-length')
265 length = res.msg.getheader('content-length')
266 if length and not res.chunked:
266 if length and not res.chunked:
267 try:
267 try:
268 res.length = int(length)
268 res.length = int(length)
269 except ValueError:
269 except ValueError:
270 res.length = None
270 res.length = None
271 else:
271 else:
272 if res.length < 0: # ignore nonsensical negative lengths
272 if res.length < 0: # ignore nonsensical negative lengths
273 res.length = None
273 res.length = None
274 else:
274 else:
275 res.length = None
275 res.length = None
276
276
277 # does the body have a fixed length? (of zero)
277 # does the body have a fixed length? (of zero)
278 if (status == httplib.NO_CONTENT or status == httplib.NOT_MODIFIED or
278 if (status == httplib.NO_CONTENT or status == httplib.NOT_MODIFIED or
279 100 <= status < 200 or # 1xx codes
279 100 <= status < 200 or # 1xx codes
280 res._method == 'HEAD'):
280 res._method == 'HEAD'):
281 res.length = 0
281 res.length = 0
282
282
283 # if the connection remains open, and we aren't using chunked, and
283 # if the connection remains open, and we aren't using chunked, and
284 # a content-length was not provided, then assume that the connection
284 # a content-length was not provided, then assume that the connection
285 # WILL close.
285 # WILL close.
286 if (not res.will_close and
286 if (not res.will_close and
287 not res.chunked and
287 not res.chunked and
288 res.length is None):
288 res.length is None):
289 res.will_close = 1
289 res.will_close = 1
290
290
291 self.proxyres = res
291 self.proxyres = res
292
292
293 return False
293 return False
294
294
295 class httphandler(keepalive.HTTPHandler):
295 class httphandler(keepalive.HTTPHandler):
296 def http_open(self, req):
296 def http_open(self, req):
297 return self.do_open(httpconnection, req)
297 return self.do_open(httpconnection, req)
298
298
299 def _start_transaction(self, h, req):
299 def _start_transaction(self, h, req):
300 _generic_start_transaction(self, h, req)
300 _generic_start_transaction(self, h, req)
301 return keepalive.HTTPHandler._start_transaction(self, h, req)
301 return keepalive.HTTPHandler._start_transaction(self, h, req)
302
302
303 class logginghttpconnection(keepalive.HTTPConnection):
303 class logginghttpconnection(keepalive.HTTPConnection):
304 def __init__(self, createconn, *args, **kwargs):
304 def __init__(self, createconn, *args, **kwargs):
305 keepalive.HTTPConnection.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
305 keepalive.HTTPConnection.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
306 self._create_connection = createconn
306 self._create_connection = createconn
307
307
308 if sys.version_info < (2, 7, 7):
308 if sys.version_info < (2, 7, 7):
309 # copied from 2.7.14, since old implementations directly call
309 # copied from 2.7.14, since old implementations directly call
310 # socket.create_connection()
310 # socket.create_connection()
311 def connect(self):
311 def connect(self):
312 self.sock = self._create_connection((self.host, self.port),
312 self.sock = self._create_connection((self.host, self.port),
313 self.timeout,
313 self.timeout,
314 self.source_address)
314 self.source_address)
315 if self._tunnel_host:
315 if self._tunnel_host:
316 self._tunnel()
316 self._tunnel()
317
317
318 class logginghttphandler(httphandler):
318 class logginghttphandler(httphandler):
319 """HTTP handler that logs socket I/O."""
319 """HTTP handler that logs socket I/O."""
320 def __init__(self, logfh, name, observeropts):
320 def __init__(self, logfh, name, observeropts, timeout=None):
321 super(logginghttphandler, self).__init__()
321 super(logginghttphandler, self).__init__(timeout=timeout)
322
322
323 self._logfh = logfh
323 self._logfh = logfh
324 self._logname = name
324 self._logname = name
325 self._observeropts = observeropts
325 self._observeropts = observeropts
326
326
327 # do_open() calls the passed class to instantiate an HTTPConnection. We
327 # do_open() calls the passed class to instantiate an HTTPConnection. We
328 # pass in a callable method that creates a custom HTTPConnection instance
328 # pass in a callable method that creates a custom HTTPConnection instance
329 # whose callback to create the socket knows how to proxy the socket.
329 # whose callback to create the socket knows how to proxy the socket.
330 def http_open(self, req):
330 def http_open(self, req):
331 return self.do_open(self._makeconnection, req)
331 return self.do_open(self._makeconnection, req)
332
332
333 def _makeconnection(self, *args, **kwargs):
333 def _makeconnection(self, *args, **kwargs):
334 def createconnection(*args, **kwargs):
334 def createconnection(*args, **kwargs):
335 sock = socket.create_connection(*args, **kwargs)
335 sock = socket.create_connection(*args, **kwargs)
336 return util.makeloggingsocket(self._logfh, sock, self._logname,
336 return util.makeloggingsocket(self._logfh, sock, self._logname,
337 **self._observeropts)
337 **self._observeropts)
338
338
339 return logginghttpconnection(createconnection, *args, **kwargs)
339 return logginghttpconnection(createconnection, *args, **kwargs)
340
340
341 if has_https:
341 if has_https:
342 class httpsconnection(keepalive.HTTPConnection):
342 class httpsconnection(keepalive.HTTPConnection):
343 response_class = keepalive.HTTPResponse
343 response_class = keepalive.HTTPResponse
344 default_port = httplib.HTTPS_PORT
344 default_port = httplib.HTTPS_PORT
345 # must be able to send big bundle as stream.
345 # must be able to send big bundle as stream.
346 send = _gen_sendfile(keepalive.safesend)
346 send = _gen_sendfile(keepalive.safesend)
347 getresponse = keepalive.wrapgetresponse(httplib.HTTPConnection)
347 getresponse = keepalive.wrapgetresponse(httplib.HTTPConnection)
348
348
349 def __init__(self, host, port=None, key_file=None, cert_file=None,
349 def __init__(self, host, port=None, key_file=None, cert_file=None,
350 *args, **kwargs):
350 *args, **kwargs):
351 keepalive.HTTPConnection.__init__(self, host, port, *args, **kwargs)
351 keepalive.HTTPConnection.__init__(self, host, port, *args, **kwargs)
352 self.key_file = key_file
352 self.key_file = key_file
353 self.cert_file = cert_file
353 self.cert_file = cert_file
354
354
355 def connect(self):
355 def connect(self):
356 self.sock = socket.create_connection((self.host, self.port))
356 self.sock = socket.create_connection((self.host, self.port))
357
357
358 host = self.host
358 host = self.host
359 if self.realhostport: # use CONNECT proxy
359 if self.realhostport: # use CONNECT proxy
360 _generic_proxytunnel(self)
360 _generic_proxytunnel(self)
361 host = self.realhostport.rsplit(':', 1)[0]
361 host = self.realhostport.rsplit(':', 1)[0]
362 self.sock = sslutil.wrapsocket(
362 self.sock = sslutil.wrapsocket(
363 self.sock, self.key_file, self.cert_file, ui=self.ui,
363 self.sock, self.key_file, self.cert_file, ui=self.ui,
364 serverhostname=host)
364 serverhostname=host)
365 sslutil.validatesocket(self.sock)
365 sslutil.validatesocket(self.sock)
366
366
367 class httpshandler(keepalive.KeepAliveHandler, urlreq.httpshandler):
367 class httpshandler(keepalive.KeepAliveHandler, urlreq.httpshandler):
368 def __init__(self, ui):
368 def __init__(self, ui, timeout=None):
369 keepalive.KeepAliveHandler.__init__(self)
369 keepalive.KeepAliveHandler.__init__(self, timeout=timeout)
370 urlreq.httpshandler.__init__(self)
370 urlreq.httpshandler.__init__(self)
371 self.ui = ui
371 self.ui = ui
372 self.pwmgr = passwordmgr(self.ui,
372 self.pwmgr = passwordmgr(self.ui,
373 self.ui.httppasswordmgrdb)
373 self.ui.httppasswordmgrdb)
374
374
375 def _start_transaction(self, h, req):
375 def _start_transaction(self, h, req):
376 _generic_start_transaction(self, h, req)
376 _generic_start_transaction(self, h, req)
377 return keepalive.KeepAliveHandler._start_transaction(self, h, req)
377 return keepalive.KeepAliveHandler._start_transaction(self, h, req)
378
378
379 def https_open(self, req):
379 def https_open(self, req):
380 # urllibcompat.getfullurl() does not contain credentials
380 # urllibcompat.getfullurl() does not contain credentials
381 # and we may need them to match the certificates.
381 # and we may need them to match the certificates.
382 url = urllibcompat.getfullurl(req)
382 url = urllibcompat.getfullurl(req)
383 user, password = self.pwmgr.find_stored_password(url)
383 user, password = self.pwmgr.find_stored_password(url)
384 res = httpconnectionmod.readauthforuri(self.ui, url, user)
384 res = httpconnectionmod.readauthforuri(self.ui, url, user)
385 if res:
385 if res:
386 group, auth = res
386 group, auth = res
387 self.auth = auth
387 self.auth = auth
388 self.ui.debug("using auth.%s.* for authentication\n" % group)
388 self.ui.debug("using auth.%s.* for authentication\n" % group)
389 else:
389 else:
390 self.auth = None
390 self.auth = None
391 return self.do_open(self._makeconnection, req)
391 return self.do_open(self._makeconnection, req)
392
392
393 def _makeconnection(self, host, port=None, *args, **kwargs):
393 def _makeconnection(self, host, port=None, *args, **kwargs):
394 keyfile = None
394 keyfile = None
395 certfile = None
395 certfile = None
396
396
397 if len(args) >= 1: # key_file
397 if len(args) >= 1: # key_file
398 keyfile = args[0]
398 keyfile = args[0]
399 if len(args) >= 2: # cert_file
399 if len(args) >= 2: # cert_file
400 certfile = args[1]
400 certfile = args[1]
401 args = args[2:]
401 args = args[2:]
402
402
403 # if the user has specified different key/cert files in
403 # if the user has specified different key/cert files in
404 # hgrc, we prefer these
404 # hgrc, we prefer these
405 if self.auth and 'key' in self.auth and 'cert' in self.auth:
405 if self.auth and 'key' in self.auth and 'cert' in self.auth:
406 keyfile = self.auth['key']
406 keyfile = self.auth['key']
407 certfile = self.auth['cert']
407 certfile = self.auth['cert']
408
408
409 conn = httpsconnection(host, port, keyfile, certfile, *args,
409 conn = httpsconnection(host, port, keyfile, certfile, *args,
410 **kwargs)
410 **kwargs)
411 conn.ui = self.ui
411 conn.ui = self.ui
412 return conn
412 return conn
413
413
414 class httpdigestauthhandler(urlreq.httpdigestauthhandler):
414 class httpdigestauthhandler(urlreq.httpdigestauthhandler):
415 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
415 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
416 urlreq.httpdigestauthhandler.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
416 urlreq.httpdigestauthhandler.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
417 self.retried_req = None
417 self.retried_req = None
418
418
419 def reset_retry_count(self):
419 def reset_retry_count(self):
420 # Python 2.6.5 will call this on 401 or 407 errors and thus loop
420 # Python 2.6.5 will call this on 401 or 407 errors and thus loop
421 # forever. We disable reset_retry_count completely and reset in
421 # forever. We disable reset_retry_count completely and reset in
422 # http_error_auth_reqed instead.
422 # http_error_auth_reqed instead.
423 pass
423 pass
424
424
425 def http_error_auth_reqed(self, auth_header, host, req, headers):
425 def http_error_auth_reqed(self, auth_header, host, req, headers):
426 # Reset the retry counter once for each request.
426 # Reset the retry counter once for each request.
427 if req is not self.retried_req:
427 if req is not self.retried_req:
428 self.retried_req = req
428 self.retried_req = req
429 self.retried = 0
429 self.retried = 0
430 return urlreq.httpdigestauthhandler.http_error_auth_reqed(
430 return urlreq.httpdigestauthhandler.http_error_auth_reqed(
431 self, auth_header, host, req, headers)
431 self, auth_header, host, req, headers)
432
432
433 class httpbasicauthhandler(urlreq.httpbasicauthhandler):
433 class httpbasicauthhandler(urlreq.httpbasicauthhandler):
434 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
434 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
435 self.auth = None
435 self.auth = None
436 urlreq.httpbasicauthhandler.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
436 urlreq.httpbasicauthhandler.__init__(self, *args, **kwargs)
437 self.retried_req = None
437 self.retried_req = None
438
438
439 def http_request(self, request):
439 def http_request(self, request):
440 if self.auth:
440 if self.auth:
441 request.add_unredirected_header(self.auth_header, self.auth)
441 request.add_unredirected_header(self.auth_header, self.auth)
442
442
443 return request
443 return request
444
444
445 def https_request(self, request):
445 def https_request(self, request):
446 if self.auth:
446 if self.auth:
447 request.add_unredirected_header(self.auth_header, self.auth)
447 request.add_unredirected_header(self.auth_header, self.auth)
448
448
449 return request
449 return request
450
450
451 def reset_retry_count(self):
451 def reset_retry_count(self):
452 # Python 2.6.5 will call this on 401 or 407 errors and thus loop
452 # Python 2.6.5 will call this on 401 or 407 errors and thus loop
453 # forever. We disable reset_retry_count completely and reset in
453 # forever. We disable reset_retry_count completely and reset in
454 # http_error_auth_reqed instead.
454 # http_error_auth_reqed instead.
455 pass
455 pass
456
456
457 def http_error_auth_reqed(self, auth_header, host, req, headers):
457 def http_error_auth_reqed(self, auth_header, host, req, headers):
458 # Reset the retry counter once for each request.
458 # Reset the retry counter once for each request.
459 if req is not self.retried_req:
459 if req is not self.retried_req:
460 self.retried_req = req
460 self.retried_req = req
461 self.retried = 0
461 self.retried = 0
462 return urlreq.httpbasicauthhandler.http_error_auth_reqed(
462 return urlreq.httpbasicauthhandler.http_error_auth_reqed(
463 self, auth_header, host, req, headers)
463 self, auth_header, host, req, headers)
464
464
465 def retry_http_basic_auth(self, host, req, realm):
465 def retry_http_basic_auth(self, host, req, realm):
466 user, pw = self.passwd.find_user_password(
466 user, pw = self.passwd.find_user_password(
467 realm, urllibcompat.getfullurl(req))
467 realm, urllibcompat.getfullurl(req))
468 if pw is not None:
468 if pw is not None:
469 raw = "%s:%s" % (pycompat.bytesurl(user), pycompat.bytesurl(pw))
469 raw = "%s:%s" % (pycompat.bytesurl(user), pycompat.bytesurl(pw))
470 auth = r'Basic %s' % pycompat.strurl(base64.b64encode(raw).strip())
470 auth = r'Basic %s' % pycompat.strurl(base64.b64encode(raw).strip())
471 if req.get_header(self.auth_header, None) == auth:
471 if req.get_header(self.auth_header, None) == auth:
472 return None
472 return None
473 self.auth = auth
473 self.auth = auth
474 req.add_unredirected_header(self.auth_header, auth)
474 req.add_unredirected_header(self.auth_header, auth)
475 return self.parent.open(req)
475 return self.parent.open(req)
476 else:
476 else:
477 return None
477 return None
478
478
479 class cookiehandler(urlreq.basehandler):
479 class cookiehandler(urlreq.basehandler):
480 def __init__(self, ui):
480 def __init__(self, ui):
481 self.cookiejar = None
481 self.cookiejar = None
482
482
483 cookiefile = ui.config('auth', 'cookiefile')
483 cookiefile = ui.config('auth', 'cookiefile')
484 if not cookiefile:
484 if not cookiefile:
485 return
485 return
486
486
487 cookiefile = util.expandpath(cookiefile)
487 cookiefile = util.expandpath(cookiefile)
488 try:
488 try:
489 cookiejar = util.cookielib.MozillaCookieJar(
489 cookiejar = util.cookielib.MozillaCookieJar(
490 pycompat.fsdecode(cookiefile))
490 pycompat.fsdecode(cookiefile))
491 cookiejar.load()
491 cookiejar.load()
492 self.cookiejar = cookiejar
492 self.cookiejar = cookiejar
493 except util.cookielib.LoadError as e:
493 except util.cookielib.LoadError as e:
494 ui.warn(_('(error loading cookie file %s: %s; continuing without '
494 ui.warn(_('(error loading cookie file %s: %s; continuing without '
495 'cookies)\n') % (cookiefile, stringutil.forcebytestr(e)))
495 'cookies)\n') % (cookiefile, stringutil.forcebytestr(e)))
496
496
497 def http_request(self, request):
497 def http_request(self, request):
498 if self.cookiejar:
498 if self.cookiejar:
499 self.cookiejar.add_cookie_header(request)
499 self.cookiejar.add_cookie_header(request)
500
500
501 return request
501 return request
502
502
503 def https_request(self, request):
503 def https_request(self, request):
504 if self.cookiejar:
504 if self.cookiejar:
505 self.cookiejar.add_cookie_header(request)
505 self.cookiejar.add_cookie_header(request)
506
506
507 return request
507 return request
508
508
509 handlerfuncs = []
509 handlerfuncs = []
510
510
511 def opener(ui, authinfo=None, useragent=None, loggingfh=None,
511 def opener(ui, authinfo=None, useragent=None, loggingfh=None,
512 loggingname=b's', loggingopts=None, sendaccept=True):
512 loggingname=b's', loggingopts=None, sendaccept=True):
513 '''
513 '''
514 construct an opener suitable for urllib2
514 construct an opener suitable for urllib2
515 authinfo will be added to the password manager
515 authinfo will be added to the password manager
516
516
517 The opener can be configured to log socket events if the various
517 The opener can be configured to log socket events if the various
518 ``logging*`` arguments are specified.
518 ``logging*`` arguments are specified.
519
519
520 ``loggingfh`` denotes a file object to log events to.
520 ``loggingfh`` denotes a file object to log events to.
521 ``loggingname`` denotes the name of the to print when logging.
521 ``loggingname`` denotes the name of the to print when logging.
522 ``loggingopts`` is a dict of keyword arguments to pass to the constructed
522 ``loggingopts`` is a dict of keyword arguments to pass to the constructed
523 ``util.socketobserver`` instance.
523 ``util.socketobserver`` instance.
524
524
525 ``sendaccept`` allows controlling whether the ``Accept`` request header
525 ``sendaccept`` allows controlling whether the ``Accept`` request header
526 is sent. The header is sent by default.
526 is sent. The header is sent by default.
527 '''
527 '''
528 timeout = ui.configwith(float, 'http', 'timeout')
528 handlers = []
529 handlers = []
529
530
530 if loggingfh:
531 if loggingfh:
531 handlers.append(logginghttphandler(loggingfh, loggingname,
532 handlers.append(logginghttphandler(loggingfh, loggingname,
532 loggingopts or {}))
533 loggingopts or {}, timeout=timeout))
533 # We don't yet support HTTPS when logging I/O. If we attempt to open
534 # We don't yet support HTTPS when logging I/O. If we attempt to open
534 # an HTTPS URL, we'll likely fail due to unknown protocol.
535 # an HTTPS URL, we'll likely fail due to unknown protocol.
535
536
536 else:
537 else:
537 handlers.append(httphandler())
538 handlers.append(httphandler(timeout=timeout))
538 if has_https:
539 if has_https:
539 handlers.append(httpshandler(ui))
540 handlers.append(httpshandler(ui, timeout=timeout))
540
541
541 handlers.append(proxyhandler(ui))
542 handlers.append(proxyhandler(ui))
542
543
543 passmgr = passwordmgr(ui, ui.httppasswordmgrdb)
544 passmgr = passwordmgr(ui, ui.httppasswordmgrdb)
544 if authinfo is not None:
545 if authinfo is not None:
545 realm, uris, user, passwd = authinfo
546 realm, uris, user, passwd = authinfo
546 saveduser, savedpass = passmgr.find_stored_password(uris[0])
547 saveduser, savedpass = passmgr.find_stored_password(uris[0])
547 if user != saveduser or passwd:
548 if user != saveduser or passwd:
548 passmgr.add_password(realm, uris, user, passwd)
549 passmgr.add_password(realm, uris, user, passwd)
549 ui.debug('http auth: user %s, password %s\n' %
550 ui.debug('http auth: user %s, password %s\n' %
550 (user, passwd and '*' * len(passwd) or 'not set'))
551 (user, passwd and '*' * len(passwd) or 'not set'))
551
552
552 handlers.extend((httpbasicauthhandler(passmgr),
553 handlers.extend((httpbasicauthhandler(passmgr),
553 httpdigestauthhandler(passmgr)))
554 httpdigestauthhandler(passmgr)))
554 handlers.extend([h(ui, passmgr) for h in handlerfuncs])
555 handlers.extend([h(ui, passmgr) for h in handlerfuncs])
555 handlers.append(cookiehandler(ui))
556 handlers.append(cookiehandler(ui))
556 opener = urlreq.buildopener(*handlers)
557 opener = urlreq.buildopener(*handlers)
557
558
558 # keepalive.py's handlers will populate these attributes if they exist.
559 # keepalive.py's handlers will populate these attributes if they exist.
559 opener.requestscount = 0
560 opener.requestscount = 0
560 opener.sentbytescount = 0
561 opener.sentbytescount = 0
561 opener.receivedbytescount = 0
562 opener.receivedbytescount = 0
562
563
563 # The user agent should should *NOT* be used by servers for e.g.
564 # The user agent should should *NOT* be used by servers for e.g.
564 # protocol detection or feature negotiation: there are other
565 # protocol detection or feature negotiation: there are other
565 # facilities for that.
566 # facilities for that.
566 #
567 #
567 # "mercurial/proto-1.0" was the original user agent string and
568 # "mercurial/proto-1.0" was the original user agent string and
568 # exists for backwards compatibility reasons.
569 # exists for backwards compatibility reasons.
569 #
570 #
570 # The "(Mercurial %s)" string contains the distribution
571 # The "(Mercurial %s)" string contains the distribution
571 # name and version. Other client implementations should choose their
572 # name and version. Other client implementations should choose their
572 # own distribution name. Since servers should not be using the user
573 # own distribution name. Since servers should not be using the user
573 # agent string for anything, clients should be able to define whatever
574 # agent string for anything, clients should be able to define whatever
574 # user agent they deem appropriate.
575 # user agent they deem appropriate.
575 #
576 #
576 # The custom user agent is for lfs, because unfortunately some servers
577 # The custom user agent is for lfs, because unfortunately some servers
577 # do look at this value.
578 # do look at this value.
578 if not useragent:
579 if not useragent:
579 agent = 'mercurial/proto-1.0 (Mercurial %s)' % util.version()
580 agent = 'mercurial/proto-1.0 (Mercurial %s)' % util.version()
580 opener.addheaders = [(r'User-agent', pycompat.sysstr(agent))]
581 opener.addheaders = [(r'User-agent', pycompat.sysstr(agent))]
581 else:
582 else:
582 opener.addheaders = [(r'User-agent', pycompat.sysstr(useragent))]
583 opener.addheaders = [(r'User-agent', pycompat.sysstr(useragent))]
583
584
584 # This header should only be needed by wire protocol requests. But it has
585 # This header should only be needed by wire protocol requests. But it has
585 # been sent on all requests since forever. We keep sending it for backwards
586 # been sent on all requests since forever. We keep sending it for backwards
586 # compatibility reasons. Modern versions of the wire protocol use
587 # compatibility reasons. Modern versions of the wire protocol use
587 # X-HgProto-<N> for advertising client support.
588 # X-HgProto-<N> for advertising client support.
588 if sendaccept:
589 if sendaccept:
589 opener.addheaders.append((r'Accept', r'application/mercurial-0.1'))
590 opener.addheaders.append((r'Accept', r'application/mercurial-0.1'))
590
591
591 return opener
592 return opener
592
593
593 def open(ui, url_, data=None):
594 def open(ui, url_, data=None):
594 u = util.url(url_)
595 u = util.url(url_)
595 if u.scheme:
596 if u.scheme:
596 u.scheme = u.scheme.lower()
597 u.scheme = u.scheme.lower()
597 url_, authinfo = u.authinfo()
598 url_, authinfo = u.authinfo()
598 else:
599 else:
599 path = util.normpath(os.path.abspath(url_))
600 path = util.normpath(os.path.abspath(url_))
600 url_ = 'file://' + pycompat.bytesurl(urlreq.pathname2url(path))
601 url_ = 'file://' + pycompat.bytesurl(urlreq.pathname2url(path))
601 authinfo = None
602 authinfo = None
602 return opener(ui, authinfo).open(pycompat.strurl(url_), data)
603 return opener(ui, authinfo).open(pycompat.strurl(url_), data)
603
604
604 def wrapresponse(resp):
605 def wrapresponse(resp):
605 """Wrap a response object with common error handlers.
606 """Wrap a response object with common error handlers.
606
607
607 This ensures that any I/O from any consumer raises the appropriate
608 This ensures that any I/O from any consumer raises the appropriate
608 error and messaging.
609 error and messaging.
609 """
610 """
610 origread = resp.read
611 origread = resp.read
611
612
612 class readerproxy(resp.__class__):
613 class readerproxy(resp.__class__):
613 def read(self, size=None):
614 def read(self, size=None):
614 try:
615 try:
615 return origread(size)
616 return origread(size)
616 except httplib.IncompleteRead as e:
617 except httplib.IncompleteRead as e:
617 # e.expected is an integer if length known or None otherwise.
618 # e.expected is an integer if length known or None otherwise.
618 if e.expected:
619 if e.expected:
619 got = len(e.partial)
620 got = len(e.partial)
620 total = e.expected + got
621 total = e.expected + got
621 msg = _('HTTP request error (incomplete response; '
622 msg = _('HTTP request error (incomplete response; '
622 'expected %d bytes got %d)') % (total, got)
623 'expected %d bytes got %d)') % (total, got)
623 else:
624 else:
624 msg = _('HTTP request error (incomplete response)')
625 msg = _('HTTP request error (incomplete response)')
625
626
626 raise error.PeerTransportError(
627 raise error.PeerTransportError(
627 msg,
628 msg,
628 hint=_('this may be an intermittent network failure; '
629 hint=_('this may be an intermittent network failure; '
629 'if the error persists, consider contacting the '
630 'if the error persists, consider contacting the '
630 'network or server operator'))
631 'network or server operator'))
631 except httplib.HTTPException as e:
632 except httplib.HTTPException as e:
632 raise error.PeerTransportError(
633 raise error.PeerTransportError(
633 _('HTTP request error (%s)') % e,
634 _('HTTP request error (%s)') % e,
634 hint=_('this may be an intermittent network failure; '
635 hint=_('this may be an intermittent network failure; '
635 'if the error persists, consider contacting the '
636 'if the error persists, consider contacting the '
636 'network or server operator'))
637 'network or server operator'))
637
638
638 resp.__class__ = readerproxy
639 resp.__class__ = readerproxy
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now